1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type {
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab *got_entries;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab *got_page_refs;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab *got_page_entries;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info *next;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info *info;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info *primary;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info *current;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info *info;
220 struct mips_got_info *g;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection *stub_section;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips : 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp : 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection *call_fp_stub;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry : 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection *strampoline;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp : 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info *info;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info *got;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line *find_line_info;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection **local_stubs;
565 asection **local_call_stubs;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
570 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
571 asection *elf_data_section;
572 asection *elf_text_section;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info *info;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
655 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
726 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
751 bfd_vma *, asection *);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1274 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1275 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1276 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1277 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1278 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1279 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1280 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1281 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1282 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1283 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1284 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1285 ret->use_plt_entry = FALSE;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1303 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1306 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1308 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1311 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1328 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1329 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1331 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1332 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1336 swap->external_hdr_size))
1339 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1340 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1365 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1379 if (debug->line != NULL)
1381 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1382 free (debug->external_dnr);
1383 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1384 free (debug->external_pdr);
1385 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1386 free (debug->external_sym);
1387 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1388 free (debug->external_opt);
1389 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1390 free (debug->external_aux);
1391 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1393 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1394 free (debug->ssext);
1395 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1396 free (debug->external_fdr);
1397 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1398 free (debug->external_rfd);
1399 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1400 free (debug->external_ext);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1426 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1430 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1432 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1434 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1435 struct sym_ext *esym;
1439 bfd_size_type count;
1440 unsigned long sindex;
1444 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1454 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1455 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1458 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1460 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1467 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1468 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1472 size = sizeof (char *);
1473 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1477 count = hdr->isymMax;
1478 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1479 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1486 count = hdr->issMax;
1487 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1493 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1494 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1496 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1497 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1498 rp->adr = sym.value;
1499 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1500 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1501 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1502 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1503 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1504 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1505 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1507 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1508 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1512 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1513 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1514 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1524 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1526 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1527 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1528 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1529 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1532 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1533 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s->contents = rtproc;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1578 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1581 bfd_boolean micromips_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other);
1582 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1583 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1590 /* Create a new symbol. */
1591 name = concat (prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL);
1593 res = _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1594 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1600 /* Make it a local function. */
1601 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1602 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1604 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1606 elfh->other = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh->other);
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1626 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1627 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1628 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1629 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1630 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1632 /* Create a new symbol. */
1633 name = concat (prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL);
1635 res = _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1636 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1642 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1643 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1644 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1645 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1646 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1647 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1651 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1652 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1655 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1659 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1660 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1661 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1662 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1663 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1666 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1667 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1668 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1670 static unsigned long
1671 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1672 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1676 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1677 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1679 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1680 one in a compound relocation. */
1681 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1682 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1683 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1685 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1686 the traditional behavior. */
1687 if (relocs < relend)
1688 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1693 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1697 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1700 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1701 objects try to call them. */
1702 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1703 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1705 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1706 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1709 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1710 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1712 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1713 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1714 being included in the link. */
1715 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1716 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1717 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1718 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1719 h->fn_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1722 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1723 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1725 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1726 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1727 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1728 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1729 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1730 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1731 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1732 h->call_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1735 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1736 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1738 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1739 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1740 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1741 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1742 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1743 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1744 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1745 h->call_fp_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1749 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1752 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1754 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1756 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1757 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1758 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1762 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1764 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1766 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1767 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1768 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1769 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1770 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1771 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1774 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1775 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1779 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1780 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1785 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1789 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1790 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1791 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1792 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1798 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1799 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1800 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1801 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1802 entry points are of interest here. */
1805 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1807 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1808 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1809 && h->root.def_regular
1810 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1811 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1812 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1813 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1814 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1817 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1818 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1821 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1824 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1826 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1827 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1832 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1833 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1837 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1838 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1839 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1842 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1843 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1845 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1847 asection *s, *input_section;
1850 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1854 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1855 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1858 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1860 /* Create the section. */
1861 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1862 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1863 input_section->output_section);
1867 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1868 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1869 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1872 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1874 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1875 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1876 stub->stub_section = s;
1877 stub->offset = s->size;
1879 /* Allocate room for it. */
1884 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1885 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1886 the function symbol to it. */
1889 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1890 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1892 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1895 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1899 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1900 s = htab->strampoline;
1903 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1904 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1905 input_section->output_section);
1906 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1908 htab->strampoline = s;
1911 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1912 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1913 stub->stub_section = s;
1914 stub->offset = s->size;
1916 /* Allocate room for it. */
1921 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1922 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1925 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1926 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1928 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1929 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1930 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1935 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1936 search.stub_section = NULL;
1940 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1941 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1945 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1949 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1952 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1953 h->la25_stub = stub;
1957 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1958 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1964 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1965 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1966 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1967 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
1969 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1971 h->la25_stub = stub;
1972 return (use_trampoline_p
1973 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1974 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1977 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1978 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1981 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1983 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1985 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1986 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti->info))
1987 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1989 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1991 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1992 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1993 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1996 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1997 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1998 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1999 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2001 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti->info))
2003 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
2004 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
2006 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
2015 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2016 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2019 The format of these instructions is:
2021 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2022 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2023 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2025 +-----------------------------------------------+
2027 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2028 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2030 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2031 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2032 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2033 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2034 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2035 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2036 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2037 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2038 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2039 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2042 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2043 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2044 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2045 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2046 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2047 value as two 16-bit values.
2049 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2053 +--------+----------------------+
2057 +--------+----------------------+
2060 +----------+------+-------------+
2064 +----------+--------------------+
2065 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2066 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2068 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2069 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2070 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2071 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2072 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2074 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2075 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2076 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2079 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2080 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2081 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2082 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2083 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2085 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2087 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2088 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2089 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2090 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2091 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2093 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2096 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2097 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2098 little-endian system.
2100 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2101 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2102 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2104 static inline bfd_boolean
2105 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2110 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
2111 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
2112 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
2115 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
2117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
2118 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
2119 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
2120 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
2121 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
2122 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1:
2130 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2132 static inline bfd_boolean
2133 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2135 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
2138 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2139 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2140 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2142 static inline bfd_boolean
2143 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
2145 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
2146 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2147 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
2150 static inline bfd_boolean
2151 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2153 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
2154 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
2155 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
2158 static inline bfd_boolean
2159 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2161 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
2162 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
2163 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
2166 static inline bfd_boolean
2167 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2169 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
2172 static inline bfd_boolean
2173 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2175 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
2178 static inline bfd_boolean
2179 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2181 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
2184 static inline bfd_boolean
2185 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2187 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2190 static inline bfd_boolean
2191 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2193 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2196 static inline bfd_boolean
2197 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2199 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2200 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2201 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2202 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16);
2205 static inline bfd_boolean
2206 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2208 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2209 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2210 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2211 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCLO16);
2214 static inline bfd_boolean
2215 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2217 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2220 static inline bfd_boolean
2221 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2223 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2224 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2225 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2228 static inline bfd_boolean
2229 b_reloc_p (int r_type)
2231 return (r_type == R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2232 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2233 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC16
2234 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2235 || r_type == R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2236 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2237 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2238 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2241 static inline bfd_boolean
2242 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type)
2244 return (r_type == R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2245 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC19_S2);
2248 static inline bfd_boolean
2249 branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2251 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2252 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2253 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2254 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC16
2255 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2);
2258 static inline bfd_boolean
2259 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2261 return (r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2262 || r_type == R_MIPS16_PC16_S1);
2265 static inline bfd_boolean
2266 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2268 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2269 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2270 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2271 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2274 static inline bfd_boolean
2275 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2277 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2278 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2279 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2282 static inline bfd_boolean
2283 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2285 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2286 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2287 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2290 static inline bfd_boolean
2291 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2293 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2294 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2295 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2299 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2300 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2302 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2304 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2307 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2308 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2309 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2310 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2311 val = first << 16 | second;
2312 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2313 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2314 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2316 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2317 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2318 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2322 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2323 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2325 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2327 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2330 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2331 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2333 second = val & 0xffff;
2336 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2338 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2339 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2343 second = val & 0xffff;
2344 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2345 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2347 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2348 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2351 bfd_reloc_status_type
2352 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2353 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2354 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2358 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2360 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2363 relocation = symbol->value;
2365 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2366 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2368 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2369 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2371 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2372 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2374 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2376 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2377 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2378 an external symbol. */
2380 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2381 val += relocation - gp;
2383 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2385 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2387 + reloc_entry->address);
2388 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2392 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2395 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2397 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2400 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2401 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2402 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2407 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2409 asection *input_section;
2413 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2415 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2417 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2418 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2419 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2421 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2422 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2423 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2424 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2426 bfd_reloc_status_type
2427 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2428 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2429 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2430 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2432 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2434 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2435 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2437 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2439 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2441 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2443 n->input_section = input_section;
2444 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2447 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2448 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2450 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2453 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2454 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2455 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2457 bfd_reloc_status_type
2458 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2459 void *data, asection *input_section,
2460 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2462 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2463 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2464 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2465 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2466 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2467 input_section, output_bfd,
2470 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2471 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2474 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2475 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2476 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2478 bfd_reloc_status_type
2479 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2480 void *data, asection *input_section,
2481 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2484 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2486 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2487 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2489 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2491 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2492 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2495 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2497 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2498 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2500 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2502 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2503 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2504 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2505 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2506 has a rightshift of 0. */
2507 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2508 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2509 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2510 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2511 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2512 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2514 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2515 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2516 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2518 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2519 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2521 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2524 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2528 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2529 input_section, output_bfd,
2533 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2534 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2535 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2537 bfd_reloc_status_type
2538 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2539 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2540 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2541 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2544 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2545 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2547 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2549 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2550 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2552 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2554 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2556 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2557 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2558 offset or address. */
2559 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2560 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2565 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2566 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2567 val += symbol->value;
2568 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2570 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2571 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2572 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2576 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2577 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2578 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2579 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2580 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2581 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2584 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2586 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2587 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2589 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2590 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2592 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2594 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2597 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2602 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2604 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2607 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2608 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2611 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2614 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2615 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2619 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2620 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2622 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2623 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2627 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2628 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2630 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2639 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2640 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2644 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2645 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2646 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2647 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2648 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2649 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2650 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2653 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2654 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2655 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2658 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2661 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2662 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2663 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2664 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2665 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2666 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2670 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2671 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2678 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2681 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2682 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2683 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2684 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2685 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2688 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2689 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2691 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2692 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2693 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2694 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2695 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2696 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2697 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2701 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2702 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2704 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2708 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2709 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2710 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2713 /* Swap in an options header. */
2716 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2717 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2719 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2720 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2721 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2722 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2725 /* Swap out an options header. */
2728 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2729 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2731 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2732 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2733 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2734 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2737 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2740 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd *abfd,
2741 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex,
2742 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in)
2744 in->version = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->version);
2745 in->isa_level = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_level);
2746 in->isa_rev = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_rev);
2747 in->gpr_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->gpr_size);
2748 in->cpr1_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr1_size);
2749 in->cpr2_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr2_size);
2750 in->fp_abi = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->fp_abi);
2751 in->isa_ext = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->isa_ext);
2752 in->ases = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ases);
2753 in->flags1 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags1);
2754 in->flags2 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags2);
2757 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2760 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd *abfd,
2761 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in,
2762 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex)
2764 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->version, ex->version);
2765 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_level, ex->isa_level);
2766 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_rev, ex->isa_rev);
2767 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->gpr_size, ex->gpr_size);
2768 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr1_size, ex->cpr1_size);
2769 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr2_size, ex->cpr2_size);
2770 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->fp_abi, ex->fp_abi);
2771 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->isa_ext, ex->isa_ext);
2772 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ases, ex->ases);
2773 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags1, ex->flags1);
2774 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags2, ex->flags2);
2777 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2778 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2781 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2783 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2784 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2787 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2788 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2790 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2794 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2796 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2801 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2804 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2805 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2808 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2809 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2811 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2812 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2813 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2814 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2816 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2818 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2821 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2823 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2832 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2833 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2834 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2835 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2836 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2837 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2838 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2839 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2840 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2841 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2842 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2843 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2844 when generating a final executable. */
2847 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2849 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2851 asection *sec, *output_section;
2853 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2855 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2856 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2857 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2858 && !h->root.def_regular
2859 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2861 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2862 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2863 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2864 h->root.root.root.string,
2865 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2873 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2876 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2877 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2878 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2879 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2880 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2881 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2883 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2884 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2888 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2890 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2891 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2892 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2894 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2895 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2896 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2898 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2900 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2901 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2902 h->esym.asym.value =
2903 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2905 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2907 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2908 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2909 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2912 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2914 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2915 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2916 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2921 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2922 output_section = sec->output_section;
2924 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2925 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2926 if (output_section == NULL)
2927 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2930 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2932 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2933 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2934 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2935 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2936 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2937 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2938 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2939 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2940 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2941 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2942 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2943 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2944 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2945 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2946 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2947 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2948 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2950 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2954 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2955 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2958 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2959 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2960 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2961 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2963 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2964 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2965 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2966 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2968 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2969 output_section = sec->output_section;
2970 if (output_section != NULL)
2971 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2972 + sec->output_offset
2973 + output_section->vma);
2975 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2979 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2981 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2982 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2984 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2986 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist != NULL);
2987 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE);
2988 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2989 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2990 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2992 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2995 output_section = sec->output_section;
2996 if (output_section != NULL)
2997 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset
2998 + sec->output_offset
2999 + output_section->vma);
3001 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
3006 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
3007 h->root.root.root.string,
3010 einfo->failed = TRUE;
3017 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3020 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
3022 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
3023 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
3025 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
3028 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3030 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3033 static INLINE hashval_t
3034 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
3037 return addr + (addr >> 32);
3044 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3046 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
3048 return (entry->symndx
3049 + ((entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM) << 18)
3050 + (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? 0
3051 : !entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
3052 : entry->symndx >= 0 ? (entry->abfd->id
3053 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
3054 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
3058 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
3060 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
3061 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
3063 return (e1->symndx == e2->symndx
3064 && e1->tls_type == e2->tls_type
3065 && (e1->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? TRUE
3066 : !e1->abfd ? !e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
3067 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? (e1->abfd == e2->abfd
3068 && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend)
3069 : e2->abfd && e1->d.h == e2->d.h));
3073 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_)
3075 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
3077 ref = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref_;
3078 return ((ref->symndx >= 0
3079 ? (hashval_t) (ref->u.abfd->id + ref->symndx)
3080 : ref->u.h->root.root.root.hash)
3081 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref->addend));
3085 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_, const void *ref2_)
3087 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref1, *ref2;
3089 ref1 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref1_;
3090 ref2 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref2_;
3091 return (ref1->symndx == ref2->symndx
3092 && (ref1->symndx < 0
3093 ? ref1->u.h == ref2->u.h
3094 : ref1->u.abfd == ref2->u.abfd)
3095 && ref1->addend == ref2->addend);
3099 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3101 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
3103 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
3104 return entry->sec->id;
3108 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
3110 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
3112 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
3113 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
3114 return entry1->sec == entry2->sec;
3117 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3119 static struct mips_got_info *
3120 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd *abfd)
3122 struct mips_got_info *g;
3124 g = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
3128 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3129 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3130 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3133 g->got_page_refs = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash,
3134 mips_got_page_ref_eq, NULL);
3135 if (g->got_page_refs == NULL)
3141 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3142 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3144 static struct mips_got_info *
3145 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean create_p)
3147 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3149 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd))
3152 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3153 if (!tdata->got && create_p)
3154 tdata->got = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
3158 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3161 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g)
3163 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3165 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd));
3166 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3169 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3170 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3171 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_entries);
3172 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_refs);
3173 if (tdata->got->got_page_entries)
3174 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_entries);
3179 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3180 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3181 if creation fails. */
3184 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
3190 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
3191 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3192 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
3193 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
3195 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
3200 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3203 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
3204 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
3210 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3213 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type)
3215 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3218 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3221 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3224 return GOT_TLS_NONE;
3227 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3230 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type)
3247 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3248 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3252 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
3253 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3256 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3257 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3259 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h)
3260 && (!bfd_link_pic (info) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
3263 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) || indx != 0)
3265 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3266 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3275 return indx != 0 ? 2 : 1;
3281 return bfd_link_pic (info) ? 1 : 0;
3288 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3292 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3293 struct mips_got_info *g,
3294 struct mips_got_entry *entry)
3296 if (entry->tls_type)
3298 g->tls_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
3299 g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (info, entry->tls_type,
3301 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
3303 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
3304 g->local_gotno += 1;
3306 g->global_gotno += 1;
3309 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3312 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3314 unsigned long reloc_index,
3319 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3321 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3323 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3324 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3326 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3328 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3329 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3331 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3334 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3335 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3337 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3340 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3343 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3344 struct mips_got_entry *entry,
3345 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3348 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3350 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3351 bfd_vma got_offset, got_offset2;
3352 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3354 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3363 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3365 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info),
3367 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
3368 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3369 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3372 if (entry->tls_initialized)
3375 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) || indx != 0)
3377 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3378 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3381 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3382 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3383 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3384 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3385 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3387 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3388 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3389 got_offset = entry->gotidx;
3391 switch (entry->tls_type)
3394 /* General Dynamic. */
3395 got_offset2 = got_offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3399 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3400 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3401 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3402 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3405 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3406 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3407 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3408 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset2);
3410 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3411 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3415 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3416 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3417 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3418 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3423 /* Initial Exec model. */
3427 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3428 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3430 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3431 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3433 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3434 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3435 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3436 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3439 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3440 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3444 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3445 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3446 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3447 sgot->contents + got_offset
3448 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3450 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3451 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3452 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3454 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3455 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3456 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3457 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3464 entry->tls_initialized = TRUE;
3467 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3468 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3469 will be negative. */
3472 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3473 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3475 bfd_vma got_address, got_value;
3476 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3478 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3479 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3481 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist != NULL);
3482 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
3484 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3485 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3486 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3487 + (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index
3488 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info->output_bfd)));
3490 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3491 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3492 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3493 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3495 return got_address - got_value;
3498 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3499 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3500 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3501 offset can be found. */
3504 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3505 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3506 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3508 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3509 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3511 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3512 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3514 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3515 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3519 if (entry->tls_type)
3520 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, info, entry, h, value);
3521 return entry->gotidx;
3524 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3527 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3528 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3530 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3531 long global_got_dynindx;
3532 struct mips_got_info *g;
3535 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3536 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3538 global_got_dynindx = 0;
3539 if (htab->global_gotsym != NULL)
3540 global_got_dynindx = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3542 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3543 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3544 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3546 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3547 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE);
3548 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3549 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd));
3550 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3555 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3556 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3559 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *ibfd,
3560 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3562 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3563 struct mips_got_info *g;
3564 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3567 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3568 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3570 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3573 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3574 if (!lookup.tls_type && g == mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE))
3575 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd, info, h);
3579 lookup.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3580 entry = htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3583 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3584 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size);
3586 if (lookup.tls_type)
3588 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3590 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3591 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3592 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3593 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3594 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3595 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3597 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd, info, entry, lookup.d.h, value);
3602 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3603 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3604 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3605 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3606 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3609 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3610 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3612 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3613 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3615 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3616 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3617 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3622 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3625 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3630 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3631 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3632 symbol that binds locally. */
3635 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3636 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3638 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3640 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3641 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3642 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3643 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3645 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3647 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3648 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3649 same in all cases. */
3650 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3651 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3653 return entry->gotidx;
3658 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3662 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3663 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3665 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3669 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3670 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3673 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3674 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3676 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3679 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3680 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3681 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3684 static struct mips_got_entry *
3685 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3686 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3687 unsigned long r_symndx,
3688 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3691 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3693 struct mips_got_info *g;
3694 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3697 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3698 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3700 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3703 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, FALSE);
3704 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3707 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3709 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3711 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3712 if (lookup.tls_type)
3715 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3718 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3722 lookup.symndx = r_symndx;
3723 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3731 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3734 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3735 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size);
3742 lookup.d.address = value;
3743 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3747 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3751 if (g->assigned_low_gotno > g->assigned_high_gotno)
3753 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3755 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3756 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3760 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3764 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
3765 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)
3766 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type)
3767 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type))
3768 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_low_gotno++;
3770 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_high_gotno--;
3775 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, htab->sgot->contents + entry->gotidx);
3777 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3778 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3780 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3783 bfd_vma got_address;
3785 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3786 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3787 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3790 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3791 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3792 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3793 outrel.r_addend = value;
3794 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3800 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3801 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3802 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3803 the current linking stage. */
3805 static bfd_size_type
3806 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3808 bfd_size_type count;
3811 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3812 || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3815 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3817 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3818 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3819 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3820 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3821 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3827 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3828 appear towards the end. */
3831 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3833 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3834 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3835 struct mips_got_info *g;
3837 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3840 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3841 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3848 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3849 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3850 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3851 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3852 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3853 elf_hash_table (info)),
3854 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3857 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3858 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3859 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3860 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3861 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3862 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3863 == g->global_gotno);
3865 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3866 table index in the GOT. */
3867 htab->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3872 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3873 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3877 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3879 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3881 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3883 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3886 switch (h->global_got_area)
3889 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3893 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3894 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3897 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3898 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3899 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3900 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3907 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3908 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3909 hash table directly). */
3912 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3913 struct mips_got_entry *lookup)
3915 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3916 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3917 struct mips_got_info *g;
3918 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
3920 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3921 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3923 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3927 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3928 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3931 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3935 lookup->tls_initialized = FALSE;
3936 lookup->gotidx = -1;
3941 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3942 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
3946 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3955 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3956 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3957 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3960 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3961 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3962 bfd_boolean for_call, int r_type)
3964 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3965 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3966 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3967 unsigned char tls_type;
3969 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3970 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3972 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3974 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3976 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3978 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3980 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3984 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3987 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3991 tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3992 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE && hmips->global_got_area > GGA_NORMAL)
3993 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3997 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3998 entry.tls_type = tls_type;
3999 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
4002 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4003 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4006 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
4007 struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type)
4009 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4010 struct mips_got_info *g;
4011 struct mips_got_entry entry;
4013 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4014 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4017 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
4020 entry.symndx = symndx;
4021 entry.d.addend = addend;
4022 entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
4023 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
4026 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4027 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4031 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
4032 long symndx, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4033 bfd_signed_vma addend)
4035 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4036 struct mips_got_info *g1, *g2;
4037 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup, *entry;
4038 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
4040 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4041 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4043 g1 = htab->got_info;
4044 BFD_ASSERT (g1 != NULL);
4049 lookup.u.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4053 lookup.symndx = symndx;
4054 lookup.u.abfd = abfd;
4056 lookup.addend = addend;
4057 loc = htab_find_slot (g1->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4061 entry = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *loc;
4064 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4072 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4073 g2 = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
4077 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g2->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4087 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4090 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4094 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4096 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4097 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4099 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4100 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4102 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4103 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
4108 /* Make room for a null element. */
4109 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4112 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4116 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4117 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4118 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4119 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4122 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4124 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4125 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4127 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4128 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4129 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
4131 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4134 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4135 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4141 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4145 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4146 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4147 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4148 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4151 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4153 struct mips_got_entry new_entry, *entry;
4154 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4157 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4158 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4159 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4160 && entry->symndx == -1
4161 && (entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4162 || entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
4164 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4171 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
4172 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4174 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4175 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning);
4178 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4186 if (entry == &new_entry)
4188 entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4197 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4202 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4205 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
4207 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4210 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4213 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg,
4214 asection *sec, bfd_signed_vma addend)
4216 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4217 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
4218 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
4219 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
4222 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4224 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
4228 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4229 seen the section. */
4230 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
4233 entry = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*entry));
4241 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4243 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
4244 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
4245 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
4247 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4248 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4249 a new singleton range. */
4251 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
4253 range = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*range));
4257 range->next = *range_ptr;
4258 range->min_addend = addend;
4259 range->max_addend = addend;
4267 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4268 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4270 /* Update the ranges. */
4271 if (addend < range->min_addend)
4272 range->min_addend = addend;
4273 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
4275 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
4277 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
4278 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
4279 range->next = range->next->next;
4282 range->max_addend = addend;
4285 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4286 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4287 if (old_pages != new_pages)
4289 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
4290 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
4296 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4297 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4298 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4299 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4302 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp, void *data)
4304 struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
4305 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4306 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4310 ref = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *refp;
4311 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4312 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (arg->info);
4314 if (ref->symndx < 0)
4316 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4318 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4320 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg->info, &h->root))
4323 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4325 if (!((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4326 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4327 && h->root.root.u.def.section))
4330 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
4331 addend = h->root.root.u.def.value + ref->addend;
4335 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4337 /* Read in the symbol. */
4338 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, ref->u.abfd,
4346 /* Get the associated input section. */
4347 sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref->u.abfd, isym->st_shndx);
4354 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4355 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4356 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4357 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4358 if (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4362 secinfo = elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info;
4363 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4364 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4365 isym->st_value + ref->addend);
4367 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4368 isym->st_value) + ref->addend;
4371 addend = isym->st_value + ref->addend;
4373 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg, sec, addend))
4381 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4382 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4383 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4384 that they require. */
4387 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4388 struct mips_got_info *g)
4390 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4391 struct mips_got_info oldg;
4398 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &tga);
4402 g->got_entries = htab_create (htab_size (oldg.got_entries),
4403 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4404 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4405 if (!g->got_entries)
4408 htab_traverse (oldg.got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &tga);
4412 htab_delete (oldg.got_entries);
4415 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4416 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4417 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4422 htab_traverse (g->got_page_refs, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref, &tga);
4427 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4431 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4432 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4434 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4435 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4436 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4437 symbols later if appropriate. */
4438 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
4441 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4442 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4443 if (h->got_only_for_calls
4444 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4445 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
4448 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4449 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4450 the local rather than global GOT. */
4451 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && h->has_static_relocs)
4457 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4458 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4459 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4460 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4461 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4464 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4466 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4467 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4468 struct mips_got_info *g;
4470 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4471 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4473 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4475 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4476 local or global GOT. */
4477 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info, h))
4478 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4479 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4480 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4481 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4482 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4483 && h->got_only_for_calls
4484 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4485 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4486 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4487 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4488 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4489 else if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4491 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4498 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4499 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4502 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4504 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4505 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4508 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4509 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4510 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4519 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4524 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4525 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4528 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4530 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
4531 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4534 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4535 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4536 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4545 arg->g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4550 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4551 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4552 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4553 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4557 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *from,
4558 struct mips_got_info *to,
4559 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4561 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4562 unsigned int estimate;
4564 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4565 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4566 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4567 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4569 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4571 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4572 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4574 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4575 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4576 conservatively as well. */
4577 if (to == arg->primary && from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno)
4578 estimate += arg->global_count;
4580 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4582 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4583 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4586 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4587 tga.info = arg->info;
4589 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_add_got_entry, &tga);
4593 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry, &tga);
4597 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, to);
4601 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4602 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4603 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4604 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4605 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4606 and then make make the new got current. */
4609 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g,
4610 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4612 unsigned int estimate;
4615 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg->info, g))
4618 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4619 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4620 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4621 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4622 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4624 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4625 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4626 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4627 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4628 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4630 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4632 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4633 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4640 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4641 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->primary, arg);
4646 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4649 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->current, arg);
4654 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4655 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4656 overflows anyway. */
4657 g->next = arg->current;
4663 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4664 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4665 an index in a different GOT. */
4668 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp, long gotidx)
4670 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4672 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4673 if (entry->gotidx > 0)
4675 struct mips_got_entry *new_entry;
4677 new_entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4681 *new_entry = *entry;
4682 *entryp = new_entry;
4685 entry->gotidx = gotidx;
4689 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4690 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4691 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4694 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *data)
4696 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4697 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4699 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4700 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4701 if (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE)
4704 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4705 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno))
4711 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4712 arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
4716 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4717 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4718 symbol to DATA->value. */
4721 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp, void *data)
4723 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4724 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4726 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4727 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4728 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4729 && entry->symndx == -1
4730 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4731 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4735 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4736 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4737 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4738 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4741 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp, void *data)
4743 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4744 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4746 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4747 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4748 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4749 && entry->symndx == -1
4750 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4752 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->assigned_low_gotno))
4757 arg->g->assigned_low_gotno += 1;
4759 if (bfd_link_pic (arg->info)
4760 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4761 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4762 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4763 arg->g->relocs += 1;
4769 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4770 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4771 lazy-binding stubs. */
4774 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4776 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4777 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4778 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4780 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4781 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4782 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4783 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4785 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4786 && entry->symndx == -1
4787 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4789 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4790 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4796 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4799 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4804 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4808 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4812 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4813 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4816 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4817 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4820 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4821 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4823 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4824 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4825 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4826 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4827 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4830 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4831 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4832 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4836 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4837 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4838 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4839 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4840 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4841 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4842 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4843 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4844 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4845 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4847 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4849 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4850 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4851 to be the primary GOT. */
4852 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4854 gg = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4855 if (gg && !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd, gg, &got_per_bfd_arg))
4859 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4860 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4861 g->next = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
4863 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4864 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4866 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4870 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4871 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4872 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4873 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4875 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, g);
4877 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4878 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4879 those that are actually referenced. */
4880 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4881 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4884 tga.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4885 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4886 tga.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4887 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4889 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4890 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4891 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4892 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4893 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4894 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4895 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4896 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4897 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4898 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4899 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4900 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4901 points back to the master GOT. */
4902 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4903 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4910 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4912 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4913 g->assigned_low_gotno = assign;
4914 g->local_gotno += assign;
4915 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4916 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
4917 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4919 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4920 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4921 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4926 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4927 all non-TLS entries. */
4928 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4930 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4931 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
4934 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno == assign);
4936 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4939 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4940 lazy-binding stubs. */
4942 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4946 got->size = assign * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4949 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4951 unsigned int save_assign;
4953 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4954 relocations they need. */
4955 save_assign = g->assigned_low_gotno;
4956 g->assigned_low_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4958 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4960 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx, &tga);
4963 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno);
4964 g->assigned_low_gotno = save_assign;
4966 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4968 g->relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_low_gotno;
4969 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4970 + g->next->global_gotno
4971 + g->next->tls_gotno
4972 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4974 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4976 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4979 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4986 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4987 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4989 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4990 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4991 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4992 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4994 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4996 while (relocation < relend)
4998 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4999 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
5005 /* We didn't find it. */
5009 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5012 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
5013 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5014 asection **local_sections)
5016 unsigned long r_symndx;
5017 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5020 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5021 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5022 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5024 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
5026 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
5032 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5035 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5037 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
5038 /* VALUE is negative. */
5039 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
5044 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5045 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5049 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5051 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
5053 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
5054 /* The value is too big. */
5056 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
5057 /* The value is too small. */
5064 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5067 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
5069 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5072 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5075 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5078 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5085 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5088 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5091 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5098 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5101 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5102 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5105 register asection *s;
5107 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
5109 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5112 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
5114 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
5115 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
5118 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
5124 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5127 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5130 register asection *s;
5131 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5132 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
5133 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5135 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5136 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5138 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5142 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
5143 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5145 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5146 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5147 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
5149 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
5153 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5154 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5155 are not creating a global offset table. */
5157 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5158 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
5159 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5162 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5165 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5166 h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
5167 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
5169 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5170 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5173 htab->got_info = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
5174 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
5175 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5177 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5178 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
5179 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
5182 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5190 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5191 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5192 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5195 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5197 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
5198 && bfd_link_pic (info)
5199 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5200 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5203 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5204 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5205 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5209 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
5210 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5212 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5213 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5214 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5215 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5216 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5217 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
5224 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
5225 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
5226 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5227 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5228 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5229 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5230 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5234 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
5241 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5242 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5243 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5245 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5246 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5247 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5249 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5250 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5251 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5252 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5254 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5255 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
5256 asection *input_section,
5257 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5258 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5259 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
5260 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
5261 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
5263 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
5264 bfd_boolean save_addend)
5266 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5268 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5271 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5272 shared object file being produced. */
5274 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5277 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5279 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5280 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5281 during execution. */
5282 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5283 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5285 asection *sec = NULL;
5286 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5287 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5289 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5290 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5292 bfd_boolean section_p = FALSE;
5293 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5294 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5295 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5296 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5297 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5298 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5300 unsigned long r_symndx;
5302 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5303 relocation value. */
5304 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5305 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5306 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5307 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5308 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5311 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5312 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5313 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5315 /* Parse the relocation. */
5316 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5317 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5318 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5319 + input_section->output_offset
5320 + relocation->r_offset);
5322 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5323 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5325 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5326 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5327 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5328 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5330 was_local_p = local_p;
5331 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5332 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5335 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5336 must come before globals. */
5340 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5343 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
5344 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5346 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5347 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5349 section_p = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION;
5351 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5352 if (!section_p || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5353 symbol += sym->st_value;
5354 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) && section_p)
5356 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5358 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5361 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5362 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5365 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5366 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5367 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5369 if (*namep == NULL || **namep == '\0')
5370 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5372 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5373 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5374 if (section_p || r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
5376 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (addend & 1) && !micromips_p;
5377 target_is_micromips_code_p = (addend & 1) && micromips_p;
5379 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5380 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5381 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
5383 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ((symbol + addend) & 1) && !micromips_p;
5384 target_is_micromips_code_p = ((symbol + addend) & 1) && micromips_p;
5386 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5389 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5390 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5395 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5397 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5398 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5399 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5400 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5401 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5402 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5403 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5405 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5406 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5408 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5409 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5410 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5411 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5413 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5414 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5415 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5416 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5420 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5421 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5422 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5423 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5426 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5427 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5428 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5430 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5431 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5432 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5434 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5435 if (sec->output_section)
5436 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5437 + sec->output_section->vma
5438 + sec->output_offset);
5440 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5442 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5443 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5444 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5445 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5448 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5449 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5451 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5452 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5454 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5455 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5456 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5457 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5458 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5460 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info));
5461 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5464 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5466 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5467 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5468 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5469 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5470 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5471 which is available from here:
5472 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5477 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5478 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5479 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5480 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5481 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other));
5482 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5485 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5486 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other);
5489 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5490 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5492 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5494 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5495 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5497 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5498 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5499 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5501 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5502 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5504 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5505 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5506 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5508 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5509 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5513 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5518 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5521 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5522 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5523 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5524 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5533 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5534 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5535 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5537 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5538 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5539 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5540 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5541 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5542 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5544 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5545 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5546 && ((h != NULL && h->use_plt_entry) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5549 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5552 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5553 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5555 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5560 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5562 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5564 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5571 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5574 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5577 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5578 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5580 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5582 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5583 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5584 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5586 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5587 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5588 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5589 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
5592 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5593 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5594 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5595 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5597 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5598 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type))
5599 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5602 && h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE
5603 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
5605 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
5608 symbol = (sec->output_section->vma
5609 + sec->output_offset
5610 + htab->plt_header_size
5611 + htab->plt_mips_offset
5612 + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset
5615 target_is_16_bit_code_p = !micromips_p;
5616 target_is_micromips_code_p = micromips_p;
5619 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5620 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5621 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5624 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5625 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5628 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5629 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5630 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5631 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5632 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5634 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5635 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5636 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5637 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5638 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5639 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5640 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5641 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5642 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5643 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5645 local_p = (h == NULL || mips_use_local_got_p (info, h));
5647 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5648 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5650 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5655 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5656 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5657 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5658 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5660 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5661 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5665 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5666 to need it, get it now. */
5669 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5670 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5673 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5674 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5675 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5676 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5677 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5678 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5679 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5680 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5681 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5682 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5683 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5684 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5686 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5687 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5688 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5689 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5690 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5691 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5692 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5693 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5694 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5695 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5697 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5698 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5700 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5704 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5705 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5706 if (htab->is_vxworks
5707 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5708 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5709 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5711 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5712 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5713 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5717 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5718 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, info, input_bfd,
5720 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)
5721 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5722 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5723 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5726 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5727 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5728 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5732 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5733 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5735 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5738 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5739 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5743 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5744 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5745 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5747 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5751 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5752 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5754 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5755 + input_section->output_offset
5756 + relocation->r_offset);
5757 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5758 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5759 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5761 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5762 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5764 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5765 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5768 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5771 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5775 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5778 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5779 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5780 value = symbol + addend;
5781 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5787 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
5788 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5790 && h->root.def_dynamic
5791 && !h->root.def_regular
5792 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5793 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5795 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5796 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5797 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5799 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5800 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5801 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5802 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5803 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5804 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5806 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5814 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5818 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5819 value = symbol + addend;
5823 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5827 value = symbol + addend - p;
5828 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5832 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5833 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5834 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5835 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5836 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5838 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5842 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5843 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5845 if (howto->partial_inplace && !section_p)
5846 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5851 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5852 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5854 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5855 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5856 ? (value & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
5857 : (value & ((1 << shift) - 1)) != (r_type != R_MIPS_26)))
5858 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5861 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5862 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5863 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5867 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5868 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5869 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5870 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5874 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5875 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5876 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5877 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5878 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5879 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5882 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5883 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5884 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5885 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5889 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5890 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5891 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5892 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5893 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5894 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5899 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5902 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5903 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5907 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5908 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5909 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5913 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5914 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5915 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5916 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5917 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5918 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5919 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5920 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5921 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5922 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5923 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5925 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5926 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5932 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5933 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5935 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5938 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5939 for this conditional. */
5940 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5941 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5942 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5943 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5944 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5946 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5947 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5948 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5949 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5950 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5953 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5954 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5957 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5958 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5959 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5960 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5961 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5962 not check for overflow here. */
5966 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5967 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5968 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5969 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5970 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5975 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5976 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5977 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5978 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5979 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5980 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5981 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5982 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5983 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5984 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5985 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5986 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5987 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5988 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5989 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5990 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5991 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5992 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5996 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5997 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6000 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
6001 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
6004 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
6005 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
6006 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6007 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6008 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
6010 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
6011 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
6012 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
6013 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6015 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
6016 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6023 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6024 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
6025 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
6026 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
6027 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6028 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
6029 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
6030 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6031 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
6032 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
6034 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6037 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
6038 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
6040 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6044 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
6045 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6046 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18);
6048 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6049 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6050 will never trigger for them. */
6051 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6052 ? ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 1
6053 : ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 0)
6054 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6056 value = symbol + addend - p;
6057 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6058 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
6059 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6060 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6063 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1:
6064 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6065 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17);
6067 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6068 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6069 ? ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 0
6070 : ((symbol + addend) & 1) == 0))
6071 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6073 value = symbol + addend - p;
6074 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6075 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
6076 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6077 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6080 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
6081 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6082 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 23);
6084 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6085 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6087 value = symbol + addend - p;
6088 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6089 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 23);
6090 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6091 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6094 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
6095 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6096 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28);
6098 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6099 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6101 value = symbol + addend - p;
6102 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6103 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 28);
6104 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6105 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6108 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3:
6109 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6110 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6112 if ((symbol + addend) & 7)
6113 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6115 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 7) ^ 7);
6116 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6117 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6118 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6119 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6122 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2:
6123 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6124 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6126 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6127 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6129 value = symbol + addend - p;
6130 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6131 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6132 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6133 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6137 value = mips_elf_high (symbol + addend - p);
6138 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6139 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6140 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6144 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6145 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
6146 value = symbol + addend - p;
6147 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6150 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
6151 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6152 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8);
6154 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6155 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6156 ? ((symbol + addend + 2) & 3) != 0
6157 : ((symbol + addend + 2) & 1) == 0))
6158 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6160 value = symbol + addend - p;
6161 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6162 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
6163 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6164 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6167 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
6168 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6169 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11);
6171 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6172 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6173 ? ((symbol + addend + 2) & 3) != 0
6174 : ((symbol + addend + 2) & 1) == 0))
6175 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6177 value = symbol + addend - p;
6178 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6179 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
6180 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6181 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6184 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
6185 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6186 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17);
6188 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6189 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6190 ? ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 0
6191 : ((symbol + addend) & 1) == 0))
6192 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6194 value = symbol + addend - p;
6195 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6196 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
6197 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6198 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6201 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
6202 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6203 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25);
6204 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
6205 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6206 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
6207 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6208 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6211 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6212 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6213 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
6214 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
6215 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6216 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6217 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6219 value = mips_elf_high (value);
6220 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6223 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
6224 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6225 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
6226 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
6227 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
6230 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6231 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6232 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
6233 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
6234 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6235 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
6236 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6239 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
6240 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
6242 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
6245 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6249 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
6250 value = symbol - addend;
6251 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6255 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
6256 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
6257 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6260 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
6261 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
6262 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
6263 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6266 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
6267 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
6268 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
6269 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6273 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
6274 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6275 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6276 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6277 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6278 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6279 value = symbol + addend;
6283 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6284 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
6285 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6286 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6289 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6290 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
6293 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6295 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
6298 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6301 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
6302 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6303 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
6306 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6307 unsigned int size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
6309 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6311 x = bfd_get (8 * size, input_bfd, location);
6316 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6317 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6318 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6320 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6321 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6323 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6326 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6327 reloc_howto_type *howto,
6328 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6329 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
6330 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
6331 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
6335 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
6338 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6339 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6341 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
6343 /* Obtain the current value. */
6344 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
6346 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6347 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
6349 /* Set the field. */
6350 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
6352 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6353 if (!cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
6355 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
6357 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 ? opcode == 0x7
6358 : r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 ? opcode == 0x3c
6361 info->callbacks->einfo
6362 (_("%X%H: Unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6363 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6367 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
6370 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
6371 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
6373 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6374 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
6376 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
6379 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
6381 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
6386 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
6390 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6391 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6394 info->callbacks->einfo
6395 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6396 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6397 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6401 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6402 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
6404 else if (cross_mode_jump_p && b_reloc_p (r_type))
6406 bfd_boolean ok = FALSE;
6407 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 16;
6408 bfd_vma jalx_opcode = 0;
6412 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
6414 ok = opcode == 0x4060;
6418 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_PC16 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2)
6420 ok = opcode == 0x411;
6425 if (bfd_link_pic (info) || !ok)
6427 info->callbacks->einfo
6428 (_("%X%H: Unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6429 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6433 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6434 + input_section->output_offset
6435 + relocation->r_offset
6437 dest = addr + (((value & 0x3ffff) ^ 0x20000) - 0x20000);
6439 if ((addr >> 28) << 28 != (dest >> 28) << 28)
6441 info->callbacks->einfo
6442 (_("%X%H: Cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6443 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6444 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6448 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6449 x = ((dest >> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode << 26;
6452 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6454 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
6455 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6456 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6457 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
6458 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6459 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6460 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6461 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6462 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
6463 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6464 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6470 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6471 + input_section->output_offset
6472 + relocation->r_offset
6474 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
6475 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
6479 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
6481 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6482 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6484 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6488 /* Put the value into the output. */
6489 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
6491 bfd_put (8 * size, input_bfd, x, location);
6493 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !bfd_link_relocatable (info),
6499 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6500 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6501 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6502 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6505 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
6506 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6507 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6508 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6509 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
6510 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
6512 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
6517 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6518 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6520 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6521 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6523 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6524 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6525 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6526 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6527 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6528 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6531 outrel[0].r_offset =
6532 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6533 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6535 outrel[1].r_offset =
6536 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6537 outrel[2].r_offset =
6538 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6541 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6542 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6545 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6547 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6548 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6549 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6554 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6555 in the relocation. */
6556 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6558 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6559 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6560 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6561 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6563 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6564 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6565 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6566 undefined symbols. */
6571 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6573 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6575 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6580 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6583 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6584 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6590 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6591 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6592 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6593 local symbols because we used to generate them
6594 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6595 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6596 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6597 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6598 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6599 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6601 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6602 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6603 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6604 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6605 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6610 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6611 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6612 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6613 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6614 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6617 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6618 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6619 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6621 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6622 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6623 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6626 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6627 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6628 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6629 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6630 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6631 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6632 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6633 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6634 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6635 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6636 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6637 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6638 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6639 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6642 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6644 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6645 correct location in the output file. */
6646 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6647 + input_section->output_offset);
6648 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6649 + input_section->output_offset);
6650 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6651 + input_section->output_offset);
6653 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6654 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6655 relocation format is non-standard. */
6656 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6658 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6659 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6661 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6663 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6665 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6666 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6667 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6668 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6670 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6673 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6674 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6675 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6677 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6678 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6680 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6681 will be writing to it. */
6682 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6685 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6686 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6688 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6693 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6695 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6696 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6697 + input_section->output_section->vma
6698 + input_section->output_offset);
6699 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6700 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6702 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6703 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6704 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6706 cr = (scpt->contents
6707 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6708 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6709 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6710 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6711 + scpt->reloc_count));
6712 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6716 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6717 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6719 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6720 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6725 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6728 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6730 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6732 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6733 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6735 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6736 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6738 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6739 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6741 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6742 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6744 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6745 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6747 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6748 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6750 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6751 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6753 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6754 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6756 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900:
6757 return bfd_mach_mips5900;
6759 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6760 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6762 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6763 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6765 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6766 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6768 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6769 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6771 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6772 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6774 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3:
6775 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3;
6777 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6778 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6780 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6781 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6783 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6784 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6787 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6791 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6794 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6797 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6800 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6803 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6805 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6806 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6808 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6809 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6811 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6812 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6814 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6815 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6817 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6:
6818 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6;
6820 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6:
6821 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6;
6828 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6830 static INLINE char *
6831 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6835 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6836 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6839 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6841 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6845 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6847 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6849 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6851 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6854 return "unknown abi";
6858 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6859 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6860 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6861 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6862 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6863 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6864 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6865 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6867 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6868 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6869 definition in a shared library. */
6870 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6871 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6872 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6874 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6877 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6879 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6881 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6882 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6883 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6885 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6886 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6887 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6888 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6889 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6890 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6891 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6893 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6894 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6895 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6896 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6897 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6898 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6899 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6900 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6901 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6902 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6904 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6908 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6909 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6910 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6911 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6912 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6915 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6916 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6918 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6919 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6920 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6921 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6922 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6923 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6924 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6925 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6926 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6927 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6929 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6930 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6933 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6934 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6939 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6941 if (section != NULL)
6943 asym->section = section;
6944 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6945 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6946 base address to make it an offset. */
6947 asym->value -= section->vma;
6954 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6956 if (section != NULL)
6958 asym->section = section;
6959 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6960 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6961 base address to make it an offset. */
6962 asym->value -= section->vma;
6968 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6969 or microMIPS one. */
6970 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6971 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6974 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd))
6975 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6976 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6978 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6979 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6983 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6984 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6986 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6987 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6988 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6989 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6990 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6992 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6993 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6994 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6995 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6997 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6998 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6999 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7000 We therefore take the following approach:
7002 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7003 determine the pointer size.
7005 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7006 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7010 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7011 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7012 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7013 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7014 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7016 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7017 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7021 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
7023 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
7025 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
7027 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
7029 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7030 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7031 if (long32_p && long64_p)
7038 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
7039 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
7040 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
7049 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7050 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7051 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7053 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7054 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7057 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7058 will jump there rather than to .text.
7060 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7061 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7064 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
7066 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
7069 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7070 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7071 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7075 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
7077 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7078 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
7082 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
7083 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
7086 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
7089 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
7090 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
7094 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7095 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
7096 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
7097 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
7099 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
7101 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7102 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7103 so that we don't have to read them again.
7104 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7105 through the section contents to see if there is an
7106 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7108 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
7110 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
7111 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
7113 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
7115 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
7117 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
7120 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7121 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
7124 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7131 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
7132 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
7135 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
7136 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
7139 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7146 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
7147 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
7150 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
7151 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
7158 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
7160 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
7162 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7163 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7164 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7165 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7166 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7167 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7168 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7169 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7170 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
7171 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
7172 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7173 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
7174 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7175 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7177 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
7179 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
7181 unsigned int adjust;
7183 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
7185 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
7193 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7194 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7195 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7197 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7201 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
7202 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
7208 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7209 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7210 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7211 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7212 probably get away with this. */
7213 switch (hdr->sh_type)
7215 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7216 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
7220 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
7223 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
7224 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
7227 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7228 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7231 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
7232 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
7235 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
7236 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
7238 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
7240 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
7241 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
7242 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
7244 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7246 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
7247 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7250 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7251 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7254 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
7255 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7258 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS:
7259 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7261 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7263 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
7264 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7265 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7268 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7269 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7272 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7273 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7274 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7281 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
7286 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7287 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
7293 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
7295 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
7297 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7298 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7300 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd, &ext,
7301 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags);
7302 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.version != 0)
7304 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
7307 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7309 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7310 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7311 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7312 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7313 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7315 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
7318 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7319 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7321 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
7322 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
7325 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7326 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7327 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7328 they should agree. */
7329 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7331 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
7333 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7334 if (contents == NULL)
7336 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
7343 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
7344 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
7346 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
7348 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
7350 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
7353 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7354 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
7357 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7359 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
7361 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7363 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
7364 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7366 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7368 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7370 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
7372 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7374 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
7375 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7377 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7387 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7388 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7389 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7392 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
7394 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7396 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
7398 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
7399 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
7400 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7402 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
7403 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
7404 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7406 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
7407 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
7408 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7410 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
7411 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
7412 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
7414 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
7415 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7416 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7417 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7418 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7420 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7422 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
7424 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7425 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7426 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7427 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7429 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7430 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7432 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7435 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7437 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7438 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
7439 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
7440 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
7442 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7443 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7445 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7446 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
7449 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
7450 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
7451 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7452 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
7453 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
7454 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
7455 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7456 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7458 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
7459 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7461 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7463 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
7464 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7465 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7467 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7469 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7470 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7471 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7473 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7475 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
7476 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0);
7478 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7479 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7481 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
7483 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7484 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7485 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7486 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
7487 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7489 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7491 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
7492 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7493 final_write_processing. */
7495 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7496 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7498 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
7499 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7500 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7502 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
7504 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
7505 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
7506 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
7509 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7510 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7511 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7512 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7513 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7518 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7519 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7520 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7521 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7522 the .scommon section. */
7525 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7526 asection *sec, int *retval)
7528 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
7530 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7533 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
7535 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
7541 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7542 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7545 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7546 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7547 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7548 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7550 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7551 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7552 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7554 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7559 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7560 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7561 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7562 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7563 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7564 is not done for them. */
7566 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7567 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7573 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7576 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7577 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7578 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7579 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7580 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7583 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7584 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7585 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7586 *valp = sym->st_size;
7590 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7591 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7593 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7594 asection *elf_text_section;
7595 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7597 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7598 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7601 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7602 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7603 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7606 /* Initialize the section. */
7608 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7609 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7611 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7612 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7614 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7615 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7616 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7617 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7618 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7619 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7620 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7622 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7623 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7624 so I took it out. */
7625 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7628 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7629 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7631 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7632 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7634 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7635 asection *elf_data_section;
7636 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7638 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7639 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7642 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7643 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7644 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7647 /* Initialize the section. */
7649 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7650 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7652 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7653 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7655 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7656 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7657 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7658 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7659 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7660 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7661 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7663 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7664 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7665 so I took it out. */
7666 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7669 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7670 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7674 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7675 && ! bfd_link_pic (info)
7676 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7677 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7679 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7680 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7682 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7684 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7685 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7686 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7689 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7692 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7694 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7697 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7698 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7701 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7702 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7703 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7704 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7710 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7711 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7712 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7715 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7716 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7717 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7718 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7720 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7721 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7722 common in the output file. */
7723 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7724 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7725 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7727 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7728 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7733 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7735 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7738 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7740 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7741 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7743 register asection *s;
7744 const char * const *namep;
7745 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7747 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7748 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7750 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7751 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7753 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7755 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7757 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7760 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7765 /* We need to create .got section. */
7766 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7769 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7772 /* Create .stub section. */
7773 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7774 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7777 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7778 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7782 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7783 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7784 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7786 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7787 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7789 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7790 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7794 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7795 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7796 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7797 the linker takes such action. */
7798 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7800 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7803 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7804 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7805 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7808 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7811 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7813 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7817 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7818 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7820 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7824 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7825 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7827 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7829 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7831 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7833 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7835 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7838 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7840 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7842 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7844 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7847 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
7851 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7853 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7854 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7855 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7858 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7861 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7863 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7866 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7868 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7869 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7870 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7871 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7872 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7873 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7875 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7877 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7878 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7879 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7882 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7885 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7887 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7889 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7893 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7894 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7895 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7898 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7899 htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
7900 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
7901 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7903 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7904 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7907 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7909 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !bfd_link_pic (info))
7914 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7915 if (htab->is_vxworks
7916 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7922 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7923 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7924 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7927 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7928 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7929 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7931 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7932 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7934 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7935 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7936 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7937 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7939 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7940 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7941 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7944 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7945 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7946 of the section that REL is against. */
7949 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7950 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7953 unsigned int r_type;
7957 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7958 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7960 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7961 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7962 bytes = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7963 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7965 addend = bytes & howto->src_mask;
7967 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7969 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 && (bytes >> 26) == 0x3c)
7975 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7976 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7977 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7978 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7979 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7982 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7983 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7984 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7985 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7987 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7988 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7989 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7992 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7993 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7994 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7995 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7996 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7997 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16)
7998 lo16_type = R_MIPS_PCLO16;
8000 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
8002 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8003 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8004 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8007 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8009 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8010 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8011 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8012 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8013 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8014 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8016 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8017 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8018 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8019 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
8020 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
8023 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8024 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
8025 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
8027 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
8028 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
8035 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8036 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8037 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8040 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
8045 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8046 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
8048 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
8052 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
8055 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8057 static struct plt_entry *
8058 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd *abfd)
8060 struct plt_entry *entry;
8062 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
8066 entry->stub_offset = MINUS_ONE;
8067 entry->mips_offset = MINUS_ONE;
8068 entry->comp_offset = MINUS_ONE;
8069 entry->gotplt_index = MINUS_ONE;
8073 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8074 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8075 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8078 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
8079 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
8083 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8084 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
8086 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
8087 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
8089 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
8090 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8093 reloc_howto_type *howto;
8095 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8098 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8099 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8101 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8102 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8103 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
8104 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8106 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8107 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8109 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8111 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
8112 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
8114 unsigned long r_symndx;
8116 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8119 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
8123 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8124 " stub section `%s'"),
8126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8130 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
8131 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
8135 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8136 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8137 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8138 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8140 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
8141 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
8143 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8144 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
8145 || o->reloc_count == 0
8146 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
8150 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
8152 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
8155 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
8156 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
8157 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
8158 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
8161 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
8170 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8171 not need it. Since this function is called before
8172 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8173 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8175 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8179 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8181 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
8183 unsigned long symcount;
8187 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8188 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8190 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8191 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8192 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8195 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
8198 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8199 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8201 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8202 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8203 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8204 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8210 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8211 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8213 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8214 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8215 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8217 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8219 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8220 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8221 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8222 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8223 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8224 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
8226 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8230 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8232 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8235 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8237 unsigned long r_symndx;
8238 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8241 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8244 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
8248 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8249 " stub section `%s'"),
8251 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8255 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
8256 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
8260 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8261 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8262 that refers to this symbol. */
8263 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8265 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
8266 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
8268 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8269 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
8270 || o->reloc_count == 0
8271 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
8275 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
8277 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
8280 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
8281 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
8282 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
8283 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
8286 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
8295 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8296 not need it. Since this function is called before
8297 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8298 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8300 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8304 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8306 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
8308 unsigned long symcount;
8312 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8313 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8315 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8316 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8317 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8320 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
8323 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8324 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8326 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8327 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8328 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8329 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8333 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8334 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8336 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8338 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8339 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
8341 loc = &h->call_stub;
8343 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8344 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8345 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8346 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8347 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8350 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8354 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8356 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8362 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
8364 unsigned long r_symndx;
8365 unsigned int r_type;
8366 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8367 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
8368 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p;
8369 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p;
8371 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
8372 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
8374 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
8376 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
8379 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8381 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8386 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
8389 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8390 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8391 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
8393 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8395 h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
8399 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8400 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8401 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
8403 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8404 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8405 call_reloc_p = FALSE;
8407 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8408 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8409 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8410 .debug* should have no effect. */
8411 constrain_symbol_p = ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0);
8416 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8417 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8418 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8419 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8420 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8421 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8422 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8426 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8427 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8428 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8429 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
8430 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8431 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8433 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8434 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8435 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8436 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8437 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8438 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8439 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8440 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8441 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8442 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
8443 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8444 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8445 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8446 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8448 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8449 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
8451 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8454 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8455 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8456 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8459 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8464 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8465 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8466 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8467 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8470 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8471 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8472 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
8473 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8474 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8475 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8476 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8477 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8478 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8479 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8485 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8486 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8487 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8489 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8490 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8491 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8492 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8493 against a read-only section. */
8494 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
8496 && !htab->is_vxworks
8497 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8498 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
8499 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
8500 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
8501 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8503 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8505 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8511 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
8512 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
8514 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1:
8515 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8516 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
8517 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
8518 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
8519 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
8520 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8526 if (constrain_symbol_p)
8528 if (!can_make_dynamic_p)
8529 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = 1;
8532 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
8534 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8535 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8536 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8537 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8538 if (!htab->is_vxworks && (!can_make_dynamic_p || !call_reloc_p))
8539 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8542 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8543 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8544 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8545 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8549 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8553 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8554 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8555 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8556 relocations against the text segment. */
8557 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8560 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8561 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8562 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
8563 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
8565 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8566 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8567 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8568 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8569 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8570 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8571 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8572 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8573 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8574 rel->r_addend, info, r_type))
8579 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8580 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8581 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8586 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8587 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8591 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8592 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8593 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8598 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8599 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8600 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8601 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8604 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8605 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8606 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8607 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE,
8611 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8612 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8613 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8619 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8621 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8623 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8624 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8625 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8626 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8627 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8628 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8630 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8631 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8632 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8634 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8636 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8638 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8639 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8641 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8642 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8645 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8648 addend = rel->r_addend;
8649 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8656 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8658 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8659 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8660 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info) && ! info->symbolic
8661 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8665 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8666 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8669 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8670 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8671 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8676 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8677 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8678 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8679 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8680 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8683 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8684 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8685 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8686 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8688 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8694 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8695 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8696 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8697 for TLS GD relocations. */
8700 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8706 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8716 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8717 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8718 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8719 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8723 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8727 if (bfd_link_pic (info) && h == NULL)
8729 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8730 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8731 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8732 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8733 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8734 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8735 relocations against the text segment. */
8736 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8740 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8742 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8743 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8744 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8745 it will be left as zero.
8747 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8748 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8750 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8751 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8753 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8754 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8755 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8756 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8757 are relocations against the text segment. */
8758 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8762 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8763 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8764 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8768 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8769 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8770 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8771 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8772 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8773 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8774 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8775 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8776 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8777 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8780 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8781 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8782 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8783 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8787 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8788 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8789 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8790 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8792 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8800 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8801 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8802 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8803 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8804 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8805 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8808 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type)
8809 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
8810 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type))
8811 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
8813 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8814 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd);
8815 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8818 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type))
8819 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
8821 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
8824 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8825 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8826 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8827 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8829 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8830 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8832 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8834 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8835 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8838 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8839 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8840 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8841 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8842 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8843 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8850 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8851 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8852 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8853 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8854 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8855 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8856 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8859 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8860 and has a special meaning. */
8861 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8862 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8865 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8866 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8873 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8874 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8876 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8878 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8879 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8891 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8892 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8895 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8896 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8897 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8898 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8900 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8901 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8902 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8904 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8907 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info))
8910 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8911 link_info->keep_memory);
8912 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8915 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8916 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8917 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8918 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8920 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8923 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8924 unsigned int r_type;
8925 unsigned long r_symndx;
8927 unsigned long instruction;
8929 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8930 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8931 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8932 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8933 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8936 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8937 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8938 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8940 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8941 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8942 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8944 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8945 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8946 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8948 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8950 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8951 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8952 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8953 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info) && ! link_info->symbolic
8954 && !h->root.forced_local))
8957 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8958 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8959 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8960 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8961 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8963 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8967 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8969 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8970 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8972 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8973 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8974 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8975 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8977 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8981 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8982 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8984 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8985 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8986 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8987 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8990 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8991 symval = isym->st_value
8992 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8993 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8996 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8998 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8999 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
9001 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
9002 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
9007 /* Check that it's in range. */
9008 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
9011 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
9012 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
9015 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
9017 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
9018 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
9019 instruction = 0x04110000;
9020 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
9021 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
9022 instruction = 0x10000000;
9026 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
9027 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
9028 changed_contents = TRUE;
9031 if (contents != NULL
9032 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
9034 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
9038 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
9039 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
9045 if (contents != NULL
9046 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
9051 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9054 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9056 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
9058 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9059 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9061 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9062 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9064 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9065 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9067 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9068 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9069 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9072 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9073 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9074 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
9077 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9078 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9079 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9080 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9081 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
9082 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
9083 || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
9084 || bfd_link_pic (info)))
9086 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
9088 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
9090 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
9091 non-default visibility. */
9092 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
9095 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9097 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
9099 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
9106 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9107 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9108 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9109 relocations against it.
9111 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9112 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9114 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
9116 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
9117 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
9118 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
9121 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9122 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
9123 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
9124 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9125 against the text segment. */
9126 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9133 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9134 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9135 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9136 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9140 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
9141 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
9144 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9145 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9147 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9148 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9150 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9151 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9153 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9154 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
9156 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
9159 && !h->def_regular)));
9161 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9163 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9164 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9165 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9166 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9167 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9169 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9170 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9171 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
9173 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9176 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9177 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9178 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9179 executable and the shared library. */
9180 if (!h->def_regular)
9182 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
9183 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9187 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9188 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9190 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9191 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9192 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9193 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9194 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9195 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9196 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9197 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
9198 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
9199 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9200 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
9201 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
9202 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
9204 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9205 bfd_boolean newabi_p = NEWABI_P (info->output_bfd);
9207 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9208 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9209 for PLT offset calculations. */
9210 if (htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset == 0)
9212 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
9213 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_got_index == 0);
9215 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9216 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9217 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9218 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9219 if (!htab->is_vxworks
9220 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
9223 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9224 for the same reason as above. */
9225 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
9226 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
9229 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9231 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
9233 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size
9234 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9236 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9237 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9238 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9239 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9241 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9242 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9243 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9244 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
9245 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9246 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9247 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
9249 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9250 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9251 else if (!micromips_p)
9253 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9254 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9255 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9256 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9258 else if (htab->insn32)
9260 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9261 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9262 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9263 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9267 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9268 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9269 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9270 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9274 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9275 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj);
9276 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9279 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9280 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9282 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9283 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9284 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9285 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9290 || hmips->call_fp_stub)
9292 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9293 h->plt.plist->need_comp = FALSE;
9296 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9297 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9298 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9299 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9300 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9301 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9302 if (!h->plt.plist->need_mips && !h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9305 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
9307 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9310 if (h->plt.plist->need_mips)
9312 h->plt.plist->mips_offset = htab->plt_mips_offset;
9313 htab->plt_mips_offset += htab->plt_mips_entry_size;
9315 if (h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9317 h->plt.plist->comp_offset = htab->plt_comp_offset;
9318 htab->plt_comp_offset += htab->plt_comp_entry_size;
9321 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9322 h->plt.plist->gotplt_index = htab->plt_got_index++;
9324 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9325 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9326 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
9327 hmips->use_plt_entry = TRUE;
9329 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9330 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
9331 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
9332 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
9334 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9335 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9336 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9338 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9339 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9340 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9345 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9346 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9347 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9348 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
9350 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9351 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
9352 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
9353 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
9357 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9358 in regular objects. */
9362 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9363 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9364 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
9367 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9368 some that we can't convert. */
9369 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || bfd_link_pic (info))
9371 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9372 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9373 h->root.root.string);
9374 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9378 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9379 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9380 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9381 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9382 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9383 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9384 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9385 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9386 same memory location for the variable. */
9388 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9390 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9391 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9393 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
9397 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9398 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9399 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9401 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, htab->sdynbss);
9404 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9405 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9406 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9409 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9410 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9413 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9414 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9416 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9417 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9419 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9420 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
9422 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
9424 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9425 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9427 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
9430 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9432 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
9433 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
9440 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9443 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9447 struct mips_got_info *g;
9448 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
9449 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
9451 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
9452 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9454 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9455 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9461 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9464 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9465 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9466 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == 0);
9467 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9468 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
9470 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
9471 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
9472 g->assigned_low_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
9474 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9475 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9476 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
9478 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info, g))
9481 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9482 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9484 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9486 asection *subsection;
9488 for (subsection = ibfd->sections;
9490 subsection = subsection->next)
9492 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
9494 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
9495 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
9499 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9500 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9501 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9502 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9505 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9506 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9507 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
9509 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9511 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
9512 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
9514 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
9515 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
9517 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9518 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9519 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9521 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9522 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9524 if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
9526 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
9531 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9532 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9533 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9534 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE))
9535 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd, g);
9536 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd, g);
9538 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9539 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
9542 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9543 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
9546 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno
9547 == g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno);
9549 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9550 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9551 g->relocs += g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
9553 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9555 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, g->relocs);
9561 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9564 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9566 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9567 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
9569 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9570 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9572 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9575 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9576 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9577 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9579 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9580 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9581 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9583 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
9584 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
9586 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9587 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9588 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9589 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9590 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9591 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
9592 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9593 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9594 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9595 else if (htab->insn32)
9596 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9597 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9598 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9600 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9601 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9602 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9604 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
9607 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9608 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9609 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9612 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9614 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti = data;
9615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9616 struct bfd_link_info *info;
9620 output_bfd = hti->output_bfd;
9621 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9622 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9624 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
9626 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9627 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9628 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9630 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL);
9631 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9632 h->root.plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab->sstubs->owner);
9633 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9638 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
9639 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size + isa_bit;
9640 h->root.plt.plist->stub_offset = htab->sstubs->size;
9641 h->root.other = other;
9642 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9647 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9648 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9651 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9653 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
9654 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9655 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9656 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9657 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9658 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9659 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9662 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9663 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9665 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9668 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
9670 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9672 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, &hti);
9675 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9676 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
9677 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
9679 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9680 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9681 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->sstubs, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9684 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9691 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9692 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9693 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9694 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9697 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9699 struct bfd_link_info *info = data;
9700 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9701 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9706 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9707 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9709 if (h->use_plt_entry)
9711 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist != NULL);
9712 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
9713 || h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE);
9715 val = htab->plt_header_size;
9716 if (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
9719 val += h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset;
9725 val += htab->plt_mips_offset + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset;
9726 other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : STO_MIPS16;
9729 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9730 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9732 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9735 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
9736 h->root.root.u.def.value = val;
9737 h->root.other = other;
9743 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9746 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9747 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9750 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9751 bfd_boolean reltext;
9752 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9754 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9755 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9756 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9757 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9759 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9761 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9762 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
9764 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9765 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9767 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9769 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9772 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9773 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9774 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9775 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9776 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9777 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9779 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9780 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9782 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9783 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9784 if (htab->splt && htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset != 0)
9786 bfd_boolean micromips_p = (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd)
9787 && !htab->plt_mips_offset);
9788 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9789 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9790 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9793 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9794 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
9795 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt->size == 0);
9797 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9798 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
9799 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9800 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
9801 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9802 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry);
9803 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
9804 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry);
9805 else if (!micromips_p)
9806 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9807 else if (htab->insn32)
9808 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9810 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9812 htab->plt_header_is_comp = micromips_p;
9813 htab->plt_header_size = size;
9814 htab->splt->size = (size
9815 + htab->plt_mips_offset
9816 + htab->plt_comp_offset);
9817 htab->sgotplt->size = (htab->plt_got_index
9818 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9820 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value, info);
9822 if (htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9824 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9825 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9826 htab->root.hplt = h;
9831 h = htab->root.hplt;
9832 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9838 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9839 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9841 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9843 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9846 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9848 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9849 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9852 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9856 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9857 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9858 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9860 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9863 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9867 const char *outname;
9870 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9871 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9872 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9873 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9874 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9876 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9878 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9880 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9881 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9882 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9885 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9886 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9887 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9890 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9891 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9892 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9893 will move them around between input sections'
9894 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9895 broken, so don't let it run. */
9896 info->combreloc = 0;
9899 else if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9900 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9901 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9903 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9904 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9905 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9907 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9908 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9909 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9910 else if (s == htab->splt)
9912 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9913 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9914 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9915 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9916 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9919 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9921 && s != htab->sgotplt
9922 && s != htab->sstubs
9923 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9925 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9931 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9935 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9938 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9939 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9940 if (s->contents == NULL)
9942 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9947 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9949 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9950 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9951 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9952 the .dynamic section. */
9954 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9955 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9956 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9957 may only look at the first one they see. */
9958 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
9959 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9962 if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9963 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL, 0))
9966 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9967 used by the debugger. */
9968 if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9969 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9970 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9973 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9974 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9976 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9978 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9981 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9982 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9983 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9984 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9985 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9988 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9991 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9992 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9994 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9995 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9996 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9998 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
10001 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
10004 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
10010 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
10012 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
10015 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
10018 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
10022 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
10025 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
10028 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
10031 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
10034 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
10037 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
10040 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
10043 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
10044 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
10047 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
10048 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10049 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
10050 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
10053 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
10055 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
10058 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
10061 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
10064 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
10067 if (htab->is_vxworks
10068 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
10075 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10076 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10077 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10078 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10081 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
10082 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
10083 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
10085 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
10086 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
10089 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
10091 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
10092 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
10093 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
10094 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
10096 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
10097 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
10100 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
10101 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
10103 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10104 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
10106 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
10107 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
10110 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10111 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
10112 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
10116 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10117 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10118 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10119 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10120 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10121 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10122 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10123 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10124 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10125 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10126 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10128 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10129 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10130 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10133 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
10134 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10135 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
10136 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
10137 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
10138 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
10139 reloc_howto_type *howto,
10140 bfd_byte *contents)
10142 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
10143 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
10144 unsigned int r_type;
10147 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
10149 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
10150 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
10152 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
10158 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
10159 (*rel), count, (*relend),
10160 howto, i, contents);
10165 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10168 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
10169 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
10170 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
10171 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
10172 asection **local_sections)
10174 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
10175 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
10176 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10177 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
10178 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
10180 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
10181 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
10182 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
10186 reloc_howto_type *howto;
10187 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p = FALSE;
10188 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10190 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
10191 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
10193 unsigned long r_symndx;
10195 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
10196 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10197 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
10199 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
10200 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10202 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10203 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
10205 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
10206 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
10207 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
10209 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
10214 unsigned long extsymoff;
10217 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
10218 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
10219 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
10220 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
10221 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
10222 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
10225 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
10226 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
10227 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
10230 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
10232 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10233 input_section, &rel, &relend,
10234 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
10238 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
10240 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10241 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10242 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10243 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10244 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10245 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10246 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
10248 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10250 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10251 rel->r_offset += 4;
10254 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
10256 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10257 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10258 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10259 RELA relocation. */
10260 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10263 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
10264 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
10266 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
10267 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
10268 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
10271 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
10272 contents, &addend))
10275 name = h->root.root.string;
10277 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
10278 local_syms + r_symndx,
10281 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10282 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
10287 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
10290 addend = rel->r_addend;
10291 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10292 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
10295 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
10297 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
10298 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10299 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10301 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
10303 addend += rel->r_addend;
10304 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
10305 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
10306 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
10307 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
10308 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
10309 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
10311 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
10313 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10314 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10315 source of the addend in the final link. */
10316 addend &= howto->src_mask;
10318 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10319 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10320 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10321 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10322 but for endianness. */
10328 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10330 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10337 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10338 do two separate stores. */
10339 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10341 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10343 low_bits = sign_bits;
10344 high_bits = addend;
10349 high_bits = sign_bits;
10351 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10352 contents + rel->r_offset);
10353 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10354 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10358 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
10359 input_bfd, input_section,
10364 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10368 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10369 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10370 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10372 if (rel + 1 < relend
10373 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
10374 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
10375 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
10377 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
10379 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10380 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
10381 input_section, info, rel,
10382 addend, howto, local_syms,
10383 local_sections, &value,
10384 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
10385 use_saved_addend_p))
10387 case bfd_reloc_continue:
10388 /* There's nothing to do. */
10391 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
10392 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10393 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10394 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10395 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10398 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
10399 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10400 info->callbacks->warning
10401 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10404 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
10405 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10406 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10407 a given location. */
10411 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10413 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10414 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10415 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
10416 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
10417 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
10418 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
10420 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10421 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10423 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
10424 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
10426 (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
10427 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
10428 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10435 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
10437 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
10438 msg = (cross_mode_jump_p
10439 ? _("Cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10440 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10441 : (howto->type == R_MIPS16_26
10442 ? _("Jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10443 : _("Jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10444 else if (b_reloc_p (howto->type))
10445 msg = (cross_mode_jump_p
10446 ? _("Cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10447 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10448 : _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10449 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto->type))
10450 msg = _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10453 info->callbacks->einfo
10454 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, msg);
10457 /* Fall through. */
10464 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10465 until we reach the last one. */
10466 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10472 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10473 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10474 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10475 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10476 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10477 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10478 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10479 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10485 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10487 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10494 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10495 do two separate stores. */
10496 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10498 /* Undo what we did above. */
10499 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10500 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10502 low_bits = sign_bits;
10508 high_bits = sign_bits;
10510 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10511 contents + rel->r_offset);
10512 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10513 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10517 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10518 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
10519 input_bfd, input_section,
10520 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
10527 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10528 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10531 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
10533 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
10534 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10535 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
10538 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
10540 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
10541 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
10542 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
10543 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10545 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10546 s = stub->stub_section;
10550 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
10559 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10560 offset = stub->offset;
10562 /* Work out the target address. */
10563 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
10564 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10566 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10567 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
10569 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
10571 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10572 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10573 memset (loc, 0, offset);
10575 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10577 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10578 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
10580 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10581 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
10586 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10587 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
10592 /* This is trampoline. */
10594 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10596 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10597 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
10598 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10599 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
10600 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10601 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
10602 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10606 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10607 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
10608 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
10609 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10615 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10616 adjust it appropriately now. */
10619 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10620 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10622 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10623 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10624 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
10627 "__dso_displacement",
10629 "__program_header_table",
10633 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
10641 const char* const *p;
10644 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
10645 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
10648 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
10650 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10652 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10653 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10655 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10657 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10659 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10665 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10666 dynamic sections here. */
10669 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10670 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10671 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10672 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10676 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
10679 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10680 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10682 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10683 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10684 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10685 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10687 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
10689 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
10690 && (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
10691 || h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE))
10693 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10695 bfd_vma header_address, got_address;
10696 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
10700 got_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
10702 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10703 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10704 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10705 BFD_ASSERT (got_index != MINUS_ONE);
10706 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
10708 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10709 isa_bit = htab->plt_header_is_comp;
10710 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10711 + htab->splt->output_offset + isa_bit);
10713 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10714 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10715 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10716 + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10718 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10719 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10721 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10722 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10723 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10724 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10726 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10728 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10729 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10730 if (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10732 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10733 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10735 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
10737 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10739 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10740 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
10742 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10743 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
10745 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10747 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd))
10748 plt_entry = mipsr6_exec_plt_entry;
10750 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
10751 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
10752 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load,
10755 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
10757 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
10758 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10762 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
10763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low,
10768 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10769 if (h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10771 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10773 plt_offset = (htab->plt_header_size + htab->plt_mips_offset
10774 + h->plt.plist->comp_offset);
10776 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10778 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10779 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
10781 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10782 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
10784 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10786 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10787 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], loc + 2);
10788 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10789 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10790 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10791 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10792 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_address, loc + 12);
10794 else if (htab->insn32)
10796 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10798 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10799 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_high, loc + 2);
10800 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10801 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 6);
10802 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10803 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10804 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 12);
10805 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 14);
10809 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10810 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset;
10811 bfd_vma loc_address;
10813 BFD_ASSERT (got_address % 4 == 0);
10815 loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10816 + htab->splt->output_offset + plt_offset);
10817 gotpc_offset = got_address - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
10819 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10820 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10823 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10824 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10826 htab->sgotplt->output_section,
10827 htab->splt->output_section,
10828 (long) gotpc_offset);
10829 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
10832 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
10833 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
10834 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
10835 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10836 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10837 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10838 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10842 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10843 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
10844 got_index - 2, h->dynindx,
10845 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
10847 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10848 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10849 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10850 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10851 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10852 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
10853 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym->st_other);
10861 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10863 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10864 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
10865 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
10866 bfd_vma stub_size = htab->function_stub_size;
10867 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
10868 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
10869 bfd_vma stub_big_size;
10872 stub_big_size = MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10873 else if (htab->insn32)
10874 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10876 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10878 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10880 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10882 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size == stub_big_size || h->dynindx <= 0xffff);
10884 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10885 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10887 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
10890 /* Fill the stub. */
10894 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd),
10899 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10900 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10905 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10908 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10910 long dynindx_hi = (h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff;
10912 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10913 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi),
10919 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS,
10925 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10929 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10930 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10931 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10932 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10933 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10935 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10936 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10937 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10940 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10941 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd,
10948 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10950 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE, stub + idx);
10952 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10954 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
10958 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
10961 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10962 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10963 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10964 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10966 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10967 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10970 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
10974 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->stub_offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
10975 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.plist->stub_offset,
10978 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10979 only for the referenced symbol. */
10980 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10982 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10983 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10984 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10985 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10986 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10987 + h->plt.plist->stub_offset
10989 sym->st_other = other;
10992 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10993 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10995 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10997 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10998 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
10999 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
11000 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
11001 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
11004 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
11005 || h->forced_local);
11008 g = htab->got_info;
11009 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11011 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11012 the symbols that need them. */
11013 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
11018 value = sym->st_value;
11019 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
11020 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
11023 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next)
11025 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
11031 e.abfd = output_bfd;
11034 e.tls_type = GOT_TLS_NONE;
11036 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
11039 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
11042 offset = p->gotidx;
11043 BFD_ASSERT (offset > 0 && offset < htab->sgot->size);
11044 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
11045 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
11047 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
11048 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
11050 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11051 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11052 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11053 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11054 appropriate addend. */
11055 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
11057 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
11058 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11059 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
11061 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
11062 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
11065 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11066 (output_bfd, info, rel,
11067 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
11071 entry = sym->st_value;
11072 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
11077 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11078 name = h->root.root.string;
11079 if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
11080 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
11081 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
11082 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11083 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11085 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
11086 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
11089 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
11091 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
11092 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
11093 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
11095 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
11097 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
11098 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
11100 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
11101 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
11103 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
11105 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
11107 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
11108 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
11109 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
11110 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
11112 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
11114 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
11115 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
11116 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
11117 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
11121 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11127 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11128 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11130 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11131 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11132 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11133 + h->root.u.def.value);
11134 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
11135 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
11138 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11139 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
11140 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
11142 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11143 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11144 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
11146 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
11147 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
11149 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other))
11151 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
11152 sym->st_other -= STO_MICROMIPS;
11158 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11161 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
11162 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11163 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11164 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11168 struct mips_got_info *g;
11169 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11170 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
11172 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11173 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11174 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
11175 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
11177 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
11180 bfd_vma plt_address, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
11181 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11182 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11183 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
11184 bfd_vma plt_offset;
11186 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
11187 gotplt_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
11189 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11190 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
11191 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
11192 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
11194 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11195 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
11196 + htab->splt->output_offset
11199 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11200 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
11201 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
11202 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11204 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11205 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11206 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
11208 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11209 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11210 branch_offset = -(plt_offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11212 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11213 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
11214 (htab->sgotplt->contents
11215 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)));
11217 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11218 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
11220 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
11222 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
11223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11228 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
11230 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
11231 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11232 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
11237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
11238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11243 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
11244 + (gotplt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11246 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11247 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11248 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11249 rel.r_addend = plt_offset;
11250 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11252 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11253 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11254 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
11255 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11256 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
11257 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11259 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11260 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11262 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11263 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11266 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11267 loc = (htab->srelplt->contents
11268 + gotplt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11269 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11270 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
11272 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11274 if (!h->def_regular)
11275 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
11278 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
11281 g = htab->got_info;
11282 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11284 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11285 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
11288 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
11292 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11293 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
11294 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
11296 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11297 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11298 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11299 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
11300 + sgot->output_offset
11302 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
11303 outrel.r_addend = 0;
11304 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
11307 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11310 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11312 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11314 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11315 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11316 + h->root.u.def.value);
11317 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
11319 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
11320 htab->srelbss->contents
11321 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
11322 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
11323 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
11326 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11327 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
11328 sym->st_value &= ~1;
11333 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11336 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11339 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
11340 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11341 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11343 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11344 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11346 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11347 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
11348 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
11349 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
11350 else if (!htab->plt_header_is_comp)
11351 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11352 else if (htab->insn32)
11353 plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11355 plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11357 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11358 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
11359 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
11360 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11361 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
11363 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11364 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11365 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11366 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11368 /* Install the PLT header. */
11369 loc = htab->splt->contents;
11370 if (plt_entry == micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11372 bfd_vma gotpc_offset;
11373 bfd_vma loc_address;
11376 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value % 4 == 0);
11378 loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
11379 + htab->splt->output_offset);
11380 gotpc_offset = gotplt_value - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
11382 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11383 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11386 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11388 htab->sgotplt->output_section,
11389 htab->splt->output_section,
11390 (long) gotpc_offset);
11391 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
11394 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
11395 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
11396 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
11397 for (i = 2; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11398 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11400 else if (plt_entry == micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11404 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
11405 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_high, loc + 2);
11406 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
11407 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 6);
11408 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
11409 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 10);
11410 for (i = 6; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11411 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11415 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
11416 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
11417 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
11418 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11419 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11420 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11421 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11422 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11428 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11429 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11432 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11434 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
11436 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
11437 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11438 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11440 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11441 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11443 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
11445 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11446 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11447 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11448 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
11450 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11451 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
11453 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11454 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
11456 /* Install the PLT header. */
11457 loc = htab->splt->contents;
11458 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
11459 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
11460 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
11461 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11462 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11463 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11465 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11466 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
11467 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
11468 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11470 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11471 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11473 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11474 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11475 rela.r_offset += 4;
11476 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11477 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11478 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11480 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11481 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11482 in which symbols were output. */
11483 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
11485 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11487 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11488 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11489 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11490 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11492 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11493 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11494 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11495 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11497 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11498 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11499 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11500 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11504 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11507 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11510 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11512 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11513 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11515 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11516 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
11517 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
11518 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
11521 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11524 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
11525 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11530 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
11531 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11533 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11534 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11536 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
11538 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
11541 gg = htab->got_info;
11543 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11546 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
11548 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11549 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
11551 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd, FALSE);
11552 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11554 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11555 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11556 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11558 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11562 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11564 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11565 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11567 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11573 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
11577 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11578 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
11582 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11584 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
11589 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11592 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
11594 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11597 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
11598 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
11601 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
11602 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
11605 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
11609 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
11613 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
11615 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11618 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
11620 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11623 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
11624 s = output_bfd->sections;
11625 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
11626 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
11629 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
11630 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
11633 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
11634 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11635 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11636 referenced within the same object. */
11637 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
11640 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
11641 if (htab->global_gotsym)
11643 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
11646 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11647 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11648 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11650 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
11652 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
11653 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, name);
11656 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
11658 dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
11661 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
11662 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
11665 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
11667 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11668 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
11671 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11672 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11675 s = h->root.u.def.section;
11677 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11679 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
11680 + h->root.u.def.value);
11684 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL:
11686 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11687 bfd_vma dt_addr, rld_addr;
11688 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
11691 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11692 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11695 s = h->root.u.def.section;
11697 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11698 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11699 dt_addr = (sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset
11700 + (b - sdyn->contents));
11701 rld_addr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
11702 + h->root.u.def.value);
11703 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = rld_addr - dt_addr;
11707 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
11708 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
11709 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
11710 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
11714 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11715 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11717 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
11721 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11722 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11723 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
11725 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
11729 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11730 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
11734 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11735 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
11736 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
11740 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11741 the dynamic tag. */
11742 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11744 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11745 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11750 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11751 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11752 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11753 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
11755 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11759 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11760 if (htab->is_vxworks
11761 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
11766 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
11767 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11768 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
11772 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
11777 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11778 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
11779 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
11782 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
11783 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
11785 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11787 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11788 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11789 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11790 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11791 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11792 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
11793 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
11795 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11796 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11797 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11799 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11803 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11804 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11805 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11806 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
11807 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11808 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11811 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
11812 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11815 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11816 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
11818 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
11819 bfd_vma addend = 0;
11821 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
11822 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
11824 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
11826 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
11827 + g->next->tls_gotno;
11829 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
11830 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11831 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11833 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11835 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
11838 for (; got_index < g->local_gotno; got_index++)
11840 if (got_index >= g->assigned_low_gotno
11841 && got_index <= g->assigned_high_gotno)
11844 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
11845 = got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11846 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11847 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
11848 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
11849 0, &addend, sgot)))
11851 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
11856 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11857 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11860 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11863 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11865 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11867 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11868 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11869 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11871 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11874 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11875 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11877 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11883 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11884 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11885 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11886 are trailing null entries. */
11887 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11888 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
11889 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
11890 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
11891 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
11892 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11893 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11894 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
11899 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11904 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11911 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
11913 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
11915 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11916 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
11920 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
11922 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
11923 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
11926 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
11927 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
11930 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11931 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
11933 file_ptr dummy_offset;
11935 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
11936 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
11937 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
11938 htab->function_stub_size);
11943 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11944 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11945 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11946 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11947 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
11949 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11951 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
11953 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
11955 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11956 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11957 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
11958 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
11960 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11961 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
11962 sort_dynamic_relocs);
11967 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
11969 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11971 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
11972 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
11974 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
11978 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info));
11979 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info))
11987 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11990 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
11994 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
11997 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
11998 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
12001 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
12002 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
12005 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
12006 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
12009 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
12010 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
12011 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
12012 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
12013 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
12016 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
12017 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
12020 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
12021 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
12024 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
12025 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
12028 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
12029 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
12032 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
12033 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
12036 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
12037 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
12040 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
12041 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
12044 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
12045 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900;
12048 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
12049 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
12052 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
12053 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
12054 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
12055 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
12056 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
12057 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
12058 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
12059 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
12062 case bfd_mach_mips5:
12063 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
12066 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
12067 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
12070 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
12071 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
12074 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
12075 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
12078 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
12079 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
12082 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
12083 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
12084 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
12087 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3:
12088 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3;
12091 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
12092 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
12095 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
12096 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
12099 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
12100 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
12103 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
12104 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
12107 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
12108 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3:
12109 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5:
12110 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
12113 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
12114 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3:
12115 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5:
12116 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
12119 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6:
12120 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6;
12123 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6:
12124 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6;
12127 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
12128 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
12133 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12134 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12135 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12136 relocs to be sorted. */
12139 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection *sec)
12141 return (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0;
12145 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12146 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12147 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12150 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
12151 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12154 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
12158 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12159 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12160 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12161 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
12162 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
12164 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12165 info for each special section. */
12166 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
12167 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
12170 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
12172 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
12173 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
12174 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
12176 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12179 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
12180 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12181 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12182 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
12183 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
12184 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12185 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12186 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12189 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
12190 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12191 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12192 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
12193 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
12194 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12195 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12196 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12197 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12200 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
12201 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
12203 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12204 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
12206 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12209 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
12210 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12211 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12212 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
12213 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
12214 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12215 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12218 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12219 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12221 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12223 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12224 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12231 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12235 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
12236 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12241 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12242 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12243 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
12246 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12247 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12250 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12251 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
12252 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12253 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
12256 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12257 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
12258 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
12259 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
12262 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12263 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12264 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12265 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12271 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12274 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
12275 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12278 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
12281 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12283 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12284 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12286 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12287 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
12292 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12296 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
12298 m->sections[0] = s;
12300 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12301 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12303 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12304 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12312 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12314 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12315 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12317 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12318 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
12323 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12327 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
12329 m->sections[0] = s;
12331 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12332 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12334 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12335 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12343 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12344 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12345 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12347 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
12348 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12349 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12350 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12352 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
12354 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
12355 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12360 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
12362 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12364 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12365 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12368 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12370 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
12371 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12372 options_segment->next = *pm;
12373 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
12374 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
12375 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
12376 options_segment->count = 1;
12377 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
12378 *pm = options_segment;
12384 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
12386 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12387 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12388 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
12389 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
12390 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
12392 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12393 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
12398 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12402 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
12404 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
12409 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
12414 m->sections[0] = s;
12417 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12418 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12419 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
12429 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12430 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12432 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL;
12434 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
12437 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12438 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12439 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12440 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12441 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12442 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12443 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12444 PT_LOAD segment. */
12445 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12448 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
12450 static const char *sec_names[] =
12452 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12456 struct elf_segment_map *n;
12458 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
12460 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
12462 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
12463 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12470 if (high < s->vma + sz)
12471 high = s->vma + sz;
12476 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12477 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12479 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12482 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
12483 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12490 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12492 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12494 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12496 n->sections[i] = s;
12505 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12506 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12508 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12509 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12510 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12511 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12512 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12514 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12515 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12516 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12517 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12518 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12521 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12522 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12524 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12525 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12527 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
12528 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
12532 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
12536 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
12544 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12548 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
12549 struct bfd_link_info *info,
12550 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
12551 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
12552 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
12554 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12557 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
12559 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
12560 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
12564 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
12567 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12570 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12571 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12572 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12573 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12576 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12577 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12578 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
12579 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
12580 unsigned long r_symndx;
12581 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12583 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
12586 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12587 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12588 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
12590 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12591 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
12592 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
12594 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
12595 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
12597 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
12598 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
12599 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
12600 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
12601 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
12602 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
12603 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
12604 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
12605 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
12606 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
12607 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
12608 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
12609 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
12610 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
12611 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
12612 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
12613 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
12614 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12615 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12616 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12627 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12630 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12631 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook)
12635 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info, gc_mark_hook);
12637 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->link.next)
12641 if (! is_mips_elf (sub))
12644 for (o = sub->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
12646 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12647 (bfd_get_section_name (sub, o)))
12649 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info, o, gc_mark_hook))
12657 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12658 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12659 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12660 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12663 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12664 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
12665 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
12667 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
12669 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
12671 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
12672 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
12673 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12674 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12675 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
12676 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
12678 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
12681 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
12682 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
12683 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
12684 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
12685 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
12686 if (indmips->fn_stub)
12688 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
12689 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
12691 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
12693 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
12694 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
12696 if (indmips->call_stub)
12698 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
12699 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
12701 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
12703 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
12704 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
12706 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
12707 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
12708 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
12709 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
12710 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
12711 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
12714 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12717 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
12718 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12721 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
12722 unsigned char *tdata;
12725 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
12730 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
12732 if (o->output_section != NULL
12733 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
12736 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
12740 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
12741 info->keep_memory);
12748 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
12749 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
12751 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
12753 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
12762 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
12763 if (o->rawsize == 0)
12764 o->rawsize = o->size;
12765 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
12771 if (! info->keep_memory)
12772 free (cookie->rels);
12778 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
12780 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
12786 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
12787 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12788 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
12790 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
12793 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
12796 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
12800 end = contents + sec->size;
12801 for (from = contents, i = 0;
12803 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
12805 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
12808 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
12811 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
12812 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
12816 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12817 from output by default for clarity. */
12820 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
12822 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
12825 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12826 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12828 struct mips_elf_find_line
12830 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
12831 struct ecoff_find_line i;
12835 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols,
12836 asection *section, bfd_vma offset,
12837 const char **filename_ptr,
12838 const char **functionname_ptr,
12839 unsigned int *line_ptr,
12840 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
12844 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
12845 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12846 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
12847 dwarf_debug_sections,
12848 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
12849 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
12852 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12853 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12857 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
12860 flagword origflags;
12861 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
12862 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
12863 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
12865 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12866 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12867 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12868 origflags = msec->flags;
12869 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
12870 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12872 fi = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
12875 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
12878 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
12879 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
12881 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12884 msec->flags = origflags;
12888 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
12890 msec->flags = origflags;
12894 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12895 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
12896 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
12897 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
12899 msec->flags = origflags;
12902 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
12903 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
12904 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
12905 fraw_end = (fraw_src
12906 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
12907 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
12908 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
12910 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
12912 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12913 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12914 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12915 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12916 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12917 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12920 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
12921 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12924 msec->flags = origflags;
12928 msec->flags = origflags;
12931 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12933 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12934 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12935 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr);
12939 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
12940 const char **filename_ptr,
12941 const char **functionname_ptr,
12942 unsigned int *line_ptr)
12945 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
12946 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
12947 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
12952 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12953 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12954 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12957 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
12958 const void *location,
12959 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
12961 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
12965 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12967 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
12968 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12969 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12972 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
12975 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
12978 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
12981 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
12984 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
12988 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12989 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12992 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12994 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12995 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
12997 bfd_boolean relocatable,
13000 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
13001 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
13002 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
13005 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
13006 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
13009 if (reloc_size < 0)
13012 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
13013 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
13016 /* read in the section */
13017 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
13018 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
13021 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
13025 if (reloc_count < 0)
13028 if (reloc_count > 0)
13033 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13036 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
13037 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
13038 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13039 if (abfd && input_bfd
13040 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
13044 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
13045 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
13052 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
13053 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
13054 case bfd_link_hash_common:
13057 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
13058 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
13060 gp = lh->u.def.value;
13062 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
13063 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
13065 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13067 case bfd_link_hash_new:
13076 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
13078 char *error_message = NULL;
13079 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
13081 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13082 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13083 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
13085 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13086 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13087 to the generic handling. */
13089 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
13090 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
13091 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
13092 input_section, relocatable,
13095 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
13097 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
13102 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
13104 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13105 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
13109 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
13113 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
13114 (*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
13115 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
13116 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE);
13118 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
13119 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
13120 (*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
13121 (link_info, error_message,
13122 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address);
13124 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
13125 (*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
13127 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
13128 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
13129 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address);
13131 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
13140 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
13141 free (reloc_vector);
13145 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
13146 free (reloc_vector);
13151 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
13152 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
13154 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
13155 unsigned int sec_shndx;
13156 bfd_byte *contents;
13157 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
13158 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
13159 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
13160 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
13161 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
13162 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
13163 unsigned int symcount;
13165 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
13166 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
13168 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
13169 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
13171 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13172 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
13173 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
13174 sec->size -= count;
13176 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13177 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13179 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13180 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
13181 irel->r_offset -= count;
13184 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
13185 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
13187 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13188 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
13189 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
13190 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
13191 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
13192 isym->st_value -= count;
13194 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13195 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
13196 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
13197 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
13198 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
13200 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
13202 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
13204 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
13205 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
13206 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
13208 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
13210 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
13211 value &= MINUS_TWO;
13213 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
13221 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13222 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13224 struct opcode_descriptor {
13225 unsigned long match;
13226 unsigned long mask;
13229 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13233 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13235 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13236 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13238 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13240 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13241 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13244 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13246 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
13247 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13248 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13249 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13252 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
13253 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13255 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
13256 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13258 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
13259 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13261 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
13262 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13264 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
13265 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13267 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
13268 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13271 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13273 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13274 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13275 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13277 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13279 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
13280 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13281 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13282 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13285 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
13286 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13287 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13288 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13291 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
13292 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13293 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13294 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13297 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
13298 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13299 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13300 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13303 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13305 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13306 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13309 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13311 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
13312 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13314 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
13315 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13317 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
13318 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13320 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
13321 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13323 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
13324 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13326 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13328 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
13329 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13331 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13332 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13334 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13335 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13336 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13337 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13340 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13342 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
13343 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13345 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13346 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13347 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13351 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13353 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
13354 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13356 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
13357 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13359 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
13360 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13362 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13364 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13366 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
13367 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13369 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13370 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13371 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13372 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13376 /* LUI instruction. */
13378 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
13379 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13382 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13384 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
13385 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13387 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
13388 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13390 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13391 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13394 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13396 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13397 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13398 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13399 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13401 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13402 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13404 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
13405 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13406 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13407 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13410 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
13411 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13414 /* NOP instructions. */
13416 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
13417 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13419 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
13420 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13423 /* Instruction match support. */
13425 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13428 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
13430 unsigned long indx;
13432 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
13433 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
13440 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13442 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13443 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13444 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13445 the second half of another instruction. */
13448 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13450 unsigned long opcode;
13453 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13454 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
13455 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13457 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
13458 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
13459 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13462 /* No delay slot. */
13468 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13469 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13470 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13471 the second half of another instruction. */
13474 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13476 unsigned long opcode;
13479 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13480 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
13481 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13483 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
13484 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13487 /* No delay slot. */
13493 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13494 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13497 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13499 unsigned long opcode;
13501 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13502 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
13504 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
13506 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
13507 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13508 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
13510 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
13516 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13517 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13520 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13522 unsigned long opcode;
13524 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13525 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
13527 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
13528 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13529 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
13531 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
13532 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13533 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
13534 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13535 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
13536 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
13537 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13538 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
13544 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13545 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13546 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13549 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
13550 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
13551 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
13553 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
13554 unsigned long opcode;
13556 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13557 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
13560 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13561 if (irel->r_offset == offset
13562 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
13568 /* Bitsize checking. */
13569 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13570 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13571 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13575 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
13576 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
13577 bfd_boolean *again)
13579 bfd_boolean insn32 = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info)->insn32;
13580 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
13581 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
13582 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
13583 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
13584 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
13586 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13589 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13590 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13593 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
13594 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
13595 || sec->reloc_count == 0
13596 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
13599 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
13601 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13602 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13603 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
13604 link_info->keep_memory));
13605 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
13608 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13609 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
13610 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13612 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
13613 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
13614 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
13615 unsigned long opcode;
13621 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13622 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13626 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13628 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13629 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13630 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
13633 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13634 if (contents == NULL)
13636 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13637 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
13638 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
13639 /* Go get them off disk. */
13640 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
13643 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
13645 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13646 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
13648 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
13649 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13650 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
13651 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
13653 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13657 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13658 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
13660 /* A local symbol. */
13661 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
13664 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
13665 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
13666 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
13667 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
13668 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
13669 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
13670 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
13672 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
13673 symval = (isym->st_value
13674 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
13675 + sym_sec->output_offset);
13676 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
13680 unsigned long indx;
13681 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13683 /* An external symbol. */
13684 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
13685 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
13686 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
13688 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
13689 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
13690 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13691 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13692 regular reloc processing. */
13695 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
13696 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
13697 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
13698 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
13699 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
13703 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13704 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13705 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13706 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13707 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13708 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13709 the linker is run. */
13711 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13712 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
13715 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13717 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13718 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13720 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
13723 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13724 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13725 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13727 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13729 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13730 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13731 out the offset). */
13732 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
13734 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
13735 unsigned long nextopc;
13739 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13741 if (irel > internal_relocs
13742 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13743 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
13746 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13747 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
13748 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13749 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
13752 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13753 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
13754 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13755 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
13758 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13759 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13760 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13761 it through if so. */
13762 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
13763 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
13764 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
13765 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
13766 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
13767 internal_relocs, irelend))))
13769 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
13771 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
13774 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
13776 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13777 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13778 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13779 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13780 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
13781 switch (offset - 4)
13786 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13790 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13797 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13799 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13801 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
13804 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13805 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13806 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13808 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13809 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
13811 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13812 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
13814 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13815 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13816 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13817 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
13818 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
13819 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13822 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13823 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13824 the PC-relative distance. */
13825 else if (symval % 4 == 0
13826 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
13827 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
13828 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
13829 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
13831 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13832 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
13834 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13835 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
13836 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
13838 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
13839 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13842 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13846 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13847 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
13849 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13854 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13855 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13856 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13857 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13858 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13859 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
13860 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13861 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
13863 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4),
13864 nop_insn_16) ? 2 : 0))
13865 || (irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13866 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd,
13868 nop_insn_32) ? 4 : 0))))
13872 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13874 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13875 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
13876 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
13877 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13879 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
13881 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13882 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13886 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13887 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13889 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13890 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
13891 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
13893 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13894 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
13896 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13899 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13902 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13907 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13908 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13910 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13911 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
13912 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13913 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
13914 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
13915 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
13919 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13921 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13922 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
13924 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13926 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
13927 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
13928 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13931 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13936 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13938 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13939 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13940 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13941 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
13943 unsigned long n32opc;
13944 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
13946 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
13948 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
13950 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13951 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
13955 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
13957 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13959 (move_insn_16.match
13960 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
13961 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
13966 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13967 instructions will be handled here later. */
13971 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13972 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13973 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
13975 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13983 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13984 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
13985 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
13986 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
13988 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13989 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
13990 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
13993 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13994 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13999 if (isymbuf != NULL
14000 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
14002 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
14006 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14007 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
14011 if (contents != NULL
14012 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
14014 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
14018 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14019 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
14023 if (internal_relocs != NULL
14024 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
14025 free (internal_relocs);
14030 if (isymbuf != NULL
14031 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
14033 if (contents != NULL
14034 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
14036 if (internal_relocs != NULL
14037 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
14038 free (internal_relocs);
14043 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14045 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
14046 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
14048 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
14049 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
14051 ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
14055 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
14056 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
14057 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
14063 ret->root.init_plt_refcount.plist = NULL;
14064 ret->root.init_plt_offset.plist = NULL;
14066 return &ret->root.root;
14069 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14071 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
14072 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
14074 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
14076 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
14079 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14081 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
14082 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
14083 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
14088 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14089 and copy relocs. */
14092 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
14094 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
14097 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14098 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
14101 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean on)
14103 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->insn32 = on;
14106 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14108 struct mips_mach_extension
14110 unsigned long extension, base;
14114 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14115 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14117 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] =
14119 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14120 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2 },
14121 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
14122 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
14123 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
14124 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
14126 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14127 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14128 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14129 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14131 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14132 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
14134 /* R10000 extensions. */
14135 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14136 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14137 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14139 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14140 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14141 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14142 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14143 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14144 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
14145 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
14147 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14148 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14149 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14150 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14151 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14152 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14154 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14155 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
14156 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
14158 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14159 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14160 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14161 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14162 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14163 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14164 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14165 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14166 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14167 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14168 { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14170 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14171 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
14173 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14174 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14175 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14177 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14178 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
14179 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
14182 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14185 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
14189 if (extension == base)
14192 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14193 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
14196 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14197 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
14200 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
14201 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
14203 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
14204 if (extension == base)
14211 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14213 static unsigned long
14214 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext)
14218 case AFL_EXT_3900: return bfd_mach_mips3900;
14219 case AFL_EXT_4010: return bfd_mach_mips4010;
14220 case AFL_EXT_4100: return bfd_mach_mips4100;
14221 case AFL_EXT_4111: return bfd_mach_mips4111;
14222 case AFL_EXT_4120: return bfd_mach_mips4120;
14223 case AFL_EXT_4650: return bfd_mach_mips4650;
14224 case AFL_EXT_5400: return bfd_mach_mips5400;
14225 case AFL_EXT_5500: return bfd_mach_mips5500;
14226 case AFL_EXT_5900: return bfd_mach_mips5900;
14227 case AFL_EXT_10000: return bfd_mach_mips10000;
14228 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
14229 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
14230 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
14231 case AFL_EXT_SB1: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
14232 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
14233 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp;
14234 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
14235 case AFL_EXT_XLR: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
14236 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000;
14240 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14243 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd *abfd)
14245 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
14247 case bfd_mach_mips3900: return AFL_EXT_3900;
14248 case bfd_mach_mips4010: return AFL_EXT_4010;
14249 case bfd_mach_mips4100: return AFL_EXT_4100;
14250 case bfd_mach_mips4111: return AFL_EXT_4111;
14251 case bfd_mach_mips4120: return AFL_EXT_4120;
14252 case bfd_mach_mips4650: return AFL_EXT_4650;
14253 case bfd_mach_mips5400: return AFL_EXT_5400;
14254 case bfd_mach_mips5500: return AFL_EXT_5500;
14255 case bfd_mach_mips5900: return AFL_EXT_5900;
14256 case bfd_mach_mips10000: return AFL_EXT_10000;
14257 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E;
14258 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F;
14259 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A;
14260 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: return AFL_EXT_SB1;
14261 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON;
14262 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP;
14263 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3;
14264 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2;
14265 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr: return AFL_EXT_XLR;
14270 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14271 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14273 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14274 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14275 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14277 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14280 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags)
14283 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
14285 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14286 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14287 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14288 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14289 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14290 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14291 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14292 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14293 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14294 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14295 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14298 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14299 abfd, bfd_printable_name (abfd));
14302 if (new_isa > LEVEL_REV (abiflags->isa_level, abiflags->isa_rev))
14304 abiflags->isa_level = ISA_LEVEL (new_isa);
14305 abiflags->isa_rev = ISA_REV (new_isa);
14308 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14309 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags->isa_ext),
14310 bfd_get_mach (abfd)))
14311 abiflags->isa_ext = bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd);
14314 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14317 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
14319 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
14320 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14321 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14322 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14323 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14324 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14325 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14326 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6);
14329 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14332 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0* abiflags)
14334 obj_attribute *in_attr;
14336 memset (abiflags, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0));
14337 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd, abiflags);
14339 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags))
14340 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_32;
14342 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_64;
14344 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14346 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
14347 abiflags->fp_abi = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14349 if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14350 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14351 || (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14352 && abiflags->gpr_size == AFL_REG_32))
14353 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_32;
14354 else if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14355 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14356 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
14357 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_64;
14359 abiflags->cpr2_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14361 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14362 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MDMX;
14363 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14364 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MIPS16;
14365 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14366 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14368 if (abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14369 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14370 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14371 && abiflags->isa_level >= 32
14372 && abiflags->isa_ext != AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A)
14373 abiflags->flags1 |= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG;
14376 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14377 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14378 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14381 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
14384 struct bfd_link_order *p;
14385 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
14386 asection *rtproc_sec, *abiflags_sec;
14387 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
14388 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
14389 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
14390 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
14391 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
14392 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
14393 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
14398 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14400 static const char * const secname[] =
14402 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14403 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14405 static const int sc[] =
14407 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
14408 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
14411 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14413 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
14414 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14416 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
14419 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14421 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
14423 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
14427 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14428 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
14430 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
14432 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14433 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14434 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
14435 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14436 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
14437 else if (htab->is_vxworks
14438 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
14439 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14440 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
14441 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14442 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14443 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
14445 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
14447 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
14449 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14450 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14452 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
14455 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14456 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
14460 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14461 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14462 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14466 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14468 abiflags_sec = NULL;
14469 reginfo_sec = NULL;
14471 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
14472 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
14473 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14475 if (strcmp (o->name, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14477 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14478 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14479 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14480 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14482 asection *input_section;
14484 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14486 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14491 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14493 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14494 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14495 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14498 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14499 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
14501 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14502 matters, but someday it might). */
14503 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14508 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
14510 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
14512 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14513 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14514 the information together. */
14515 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14517 asection *input_section;
14519 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
14522 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14524 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14529 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14530 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14532 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
14533 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14536 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
14538 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
14539 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
14540 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
14541 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
14542 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
14544 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14545 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14546 finally written out. */
14548 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14549 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14550 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14553 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14554 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
14556 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14557 matters, but someday it might). */
14558 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14563 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
14565 struct extsym_info einfo;
14568 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14569 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14570 the information together. */
14571 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
14572 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14573 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
14574 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
14575 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
14576 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
14577 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
14578 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
14579 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
14580 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
14581 symhdr->issMax = 0;
14582 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
14583 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
14585 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
14587 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14588 debug_info structure. */
14590 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
14591 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
14592 debug.external_sym = NULL;
14593 debug.external_opt = NULL;
14594 debug.external_aux = NULL;
14596 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
14597 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
14598 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
14599 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
14601 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
14602 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
14606 esym.cobol_main = 0;
14610 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
14611 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
14612 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
14613 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
14615 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
14617 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
14618 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
14621 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
14622 last = s->vma + s->size;
14625 esym.asym.value = last;
14626 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
14627 secname[i], &esym))
14631 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14633 asection *input_section;
14635 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
14636 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
14640 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14642 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14647 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14648 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14650 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
14652 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14653 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14654 want to deal with it. */
14658 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
14659 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
14661 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
14663 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14664 read in the debugging information and set up an
14665 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14666 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
14670 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14671 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
14672 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
14675 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14676 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14677 the linker global hash table and save the information
14678 for the output external symbols. */
14679 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
14680 eraw_end = (eraw_src
14681 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
14682 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
14684 eraw_src < eraw_end;
14685 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
14689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
14691 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
14692 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
14693 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
14694 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
14697 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
14698 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14699 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14700 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
14705 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
14706 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
14707 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
14713 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14714 free (input_debug.line);
14715 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
14716 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
14717 free (input_debug.external_sym);
14718 free (input_debug.external_opt);
14719 free (input_debug.external_aux);
14720 free (input_debug.ss);
14721 free (input_debug.ssext);
14722 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
14723 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
14724 free (input_debug.external_ext);
14726 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14727 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14728 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14731 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && bfd_link_pic (info))
14733 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14734 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
14735 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
14737 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
14738 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
14740 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
14743 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
14744 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
14748 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
14754 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14757 einfo.debug = &debug;
14759 einfo.failed = FALSE;
14760 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14761 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
14765 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14766 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
14768 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14769 matters, but someday it might). */
14770 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14775 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
14777 const char *subname;
14780 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
14783 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14784 information describing how the small data area would
14785 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14786 not used in executables files. */
14787 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info))
14789 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14791 asection *input_section;
14793 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14795 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14800 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14802 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14803 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14804 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14807 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14808 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14809 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14811 /* Really remove the section. */
14812 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
14813 --abfd->section_count;
14818 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14819 uninitialized data. */
14820 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14821 gptab_data_sec = o;
14822 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14827 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14828 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
14829 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
14833 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14834 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14835 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14836 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14837 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14838 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14839 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
14841 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
14842 o->name = ".gptab.data";
14844 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
14845 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14846 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
14849 /* Set up the first entry. */
14851 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14852 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
14855 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
14856 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
14858 /* Combine the input sections. */
14859 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14861 asection *input_section;
14863 bfd_size_type size;
14864 unsigned long last;
14865 bfd_size_type gpentry;
14867 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14869 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14874 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14875 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14877 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14878 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14879 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14880 size = input_section->size;
14882 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14884 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
14886 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
14887 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
14893 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14894 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
14895 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
14901 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
14903 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
14904 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
14907 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14909 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
14910 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
14912 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
14918 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
14921 /* We need a new table entry. */
14922 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14923 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
14924 if (new_tab == NULL)
14930 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
14931 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
14933 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14934 value, since that will be implied by this new
14937 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14939 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
14941 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
14942 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
14946 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
14947 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14952 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14955 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14956 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14957 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14960 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14962 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
14964 /* Swap out the table. */
14965 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14966 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
14967 if (ext_tab == NULL)
14973 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
14974 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
14977 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14978 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
14980 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14981 matters, but someday it might). */
14982 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14986 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14987 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
14990 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14992 if (abiflags_sec != NULL)
14994 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
14995 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags;
14997 abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
14999 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
15000 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
15002 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd, abiflags);
15003 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15005 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd, abiflags, &ext);
15006 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, abiflags_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
15010 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
15012 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
15014 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
15015 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
15019 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
15021 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
15022 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
15024 mdebug_sec->filepos))
15027 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
15030 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
15032 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
15033 gptab_data_sec->contents,
15034 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
15038 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
15040 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
15041 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
15042 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
15046 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
15048 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
15049 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
15051 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
15052 rtproc_sec->contents,
15053 0, rtproc_sec->size))
15061 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15062 if there are conflicting settings. */
15065 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
15067 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
15068 flagword old_flags;
15069 flagword new_flags;
15072 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
15073 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15074 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
15076 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15078 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15079 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15081 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15082 doesn't seem to matter. */
15083 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
15084 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
15086 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15087 just be able to ignore this. */
15088 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
15089 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
15091 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15092 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
15093 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
15095 if (new_flags == old_flags)
15100 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
15101 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
15104 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15109 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
15110 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
15111 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
15112 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
15114 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
15115 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
15117 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15118 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
15121 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15125 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
15127 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15128 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
15130 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15131 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15132 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15133 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
15134 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
15135 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
15136 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15138 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15139 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &out_tdata->abiflags);
15141 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15142 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15143 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
15144 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
15145 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
15146 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
15150 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15152 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15154 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
15155 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
15160 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15161 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15163 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15164 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15165 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
15166 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15167 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
15169 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15170 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15171 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15172 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
15175 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15177 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
15178 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
15181 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15182 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15185 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15186 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15187 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
15189 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15190 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15191 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15192 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15193 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
15194 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
15196 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
15199 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15201 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15202 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15206 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15208 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15209 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15212 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15213 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008))
15215 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15217 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15218 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15219 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15220 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15222 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15223 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15226 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15227 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64))
15229 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15231 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15232 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15233 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15234 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15236 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15237 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15240 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15241 if (new_flags != old_flags)
15244 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15246 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
15247 (unsigned long) old_flags);
15254 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15255 there are conflicting attributes. */
15257 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
15259 obj_attribute *in_attr;
15260 obj_attribute *out_attr;
15264 abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd;
15265 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15266 if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15267 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15269 abi_msa_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd;
15271 && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15272 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd = ibfd;
15274 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
15276 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15277 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
15279 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15281 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
15286 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15287 non-conflicting ones. */
15288 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15289 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
15293 out_fp = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15294 in_fp = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15295 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
15296 if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15297 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_fp;
15298 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15299 && (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15300 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15301 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
15303 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15304 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15306 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15307 && (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15308 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15309 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
15310 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15311 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15312 && in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
15314 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15315 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15317 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15318 && out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
15319 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15320 else if (in_fp != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15322 const char *out_string, *in_string;
15324 out_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp);
15325 in_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp);
15326 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15327 if (!out_string && !in_string)
15329 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15330 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15331 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_fp);
15332 else if (!out_string)
15334 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15335 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15336 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_string);
15337 else if (!in_string)
15339 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15340 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15341 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_fp);
15344 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15345 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15346 really relevant to the error message. */
15347 if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
15348 out_string = "-mhard-float";
15349 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
15350 in_string = "-mhard-float";
15352 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15353 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_string);
15358 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15359 non-conflicting ones. */
15360 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15362 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].type = 1;
15363 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15364 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i;
15365 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15366 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15368 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
15370 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15371 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15372 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
15373 "-mmsa", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
15377 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15379 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
15381 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15382 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15383 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
15384 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i, "-mmsa");
15389 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15390 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15391 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
15392 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i,
15393 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
15399 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15400 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
15403 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15404 there are conflicting settings. */
15407 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
15409 obj_attribute *out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15410 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
15411 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *in_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd);
15413 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15414 out_tdata->abiflags.fp_abi = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15416 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15417 /* Merge abiflags. */
15418 out_tdata->abiflags.isa_level = max (out_tdata->abiflags.isa_level,
15419 in_tdata->abiflags.isa_level);
15420 out_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev = max (out_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev,
15421 in_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev);
15422 out_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size,
15423 in_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size);
15424 out_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size,
15425 in_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size);
15426 out_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size,
15427 in_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size);
15429 out_tdata->abiflags.ases |= in_tdata->abiflags.ases;
15430 out_tdata->abiflags.flags1 |= in_tdata->abiflags.flags1;
15435 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15436 object file when linking. */
15439 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
15441 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata;
15442 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *in_tdata;
15443 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
15447 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15448 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
15451 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15456 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
15459 in_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd);
15460 out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
15462 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
15465 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15470 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15471 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15472 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15473 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
15475 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15476 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15477 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15478 not affect compatibility. */
15479 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
15480 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
15481 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
15483 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
15484 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
15485 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
15487 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
15491 if (null_input_bfd)
15494 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15495 if (in_tdata->abiflags_valid)
15497 obj_attribute *in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15498 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags;
15499 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
15501 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15503 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15504 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_tdata->abiflags.fp_abi;
15506 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &abiflags);
15507 in_abiflags = in_tdata->abiflags;
15509 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15510 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15511 if (in_abiflags.isa_rev == 3 || in_abiflags.isa_rev == 5)
15512 in_abiflags.isa_rev = 2;
15514 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags.isa_level, in_abiflags.isa_rev)
15515 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags.isa_level, abiflags.isa_rev))
15517 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15518 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15519 if (abiflags.fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15520 && in_abiflags.fp_abi != abiflags.fp_abi)
15522 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15523 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15524 if ((in_abiflags.ases & abiflags.ases) != abiflags.ases)
15526 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15527 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15528 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15530 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags.isa_ext),
15531 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags.isa_ext)))
15533 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15534 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15535 if (in_abiflags.flags2 != 0)
15537 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15538 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd,
15539 (unsigned long) in_abiflags.flags2);
15543 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &in_tdata->abiflags);
15544 in_tdata->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15547 if (!out_tdata->abiflags_valid)
15549 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15550 out_tdata->abiflags = in_tdata->abiflags;
15551 out_tdata->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15554 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
15556 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
15557 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
15558 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15559 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
15561 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
15562 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
15563 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
15564 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
15566 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
15567 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
15570 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15571 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &out_tdata->abiflags);
15577 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd, obfd);
15579 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd) && ok;
15581 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd, obfd) && ok;
15585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
15592 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15595 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
15597 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
15598 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
15600 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
15601 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
15606 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
15610 default: return "";
15611 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
15612 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15613 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
15614 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15615 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
15616 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15617 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
15618 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15619 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
15620 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15621 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
15622 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15624 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15625 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
15626 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15627 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
15628 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15629 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
15630 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15631 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
15632 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15633 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
15634 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15635 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
15636 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15637 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
15638 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15639 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
15640 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15641 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
15642 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15643 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
15644 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15645 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL:
15646 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15647 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
15648 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15649 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
15650 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15651 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
15652 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15653 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
15654 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15655 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
15656 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15657 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
15658 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15659 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
15660 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15661 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
15662 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15663 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
15664 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15665 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
15666 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15667 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
15668 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15669 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
15670 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15671 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
15672 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15673 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
15674 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15675 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
15676 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15677 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
15678 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15679 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
15680 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15681 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
15682 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15683 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
15684 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15685 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
15686 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15687 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
15688 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15689 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
15690 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15691 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
15692 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15693 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
15694 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15695 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
15696 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15697 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
15698 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15699 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
15700 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15701 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
15702 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15706 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15710 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp)
15714 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15716 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15717 return "-mdouble-float";
15719 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15720 return "-msingle-float";
15722 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15723 return "-msoft-float";
15725 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15726 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15728 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15731 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15732 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15734 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15735 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15743 print_mips_ases (FILE *file, unsigned int mask)
15745 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSP)
15746 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file);
15747 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR2)
15748 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file);
15749 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR3)
15750 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file);
15751 if (mask & AFL_ASE_EVA)
15752 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file);
15753 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MCU)
15754 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file);
15755 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MDMX)
15756 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file);
15757 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS3D)
15758 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file);
15759 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MT)
15760 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file);
15761 if (mask & AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS)
15762 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file);
15763 if (mask & AFL_ASE_VIRT)
15764 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file);
15765 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MSA)
15766 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file);
15767 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS16)
15768 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file);
15769 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15770 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file);
15771 if (mask & AFL_ASE_XPA)
15772 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file);
15774 fprintf (file, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15775 else if ((mask & ~AFL_ASE_MASK) != 0)
15776 fprintf (stdout, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask & ~AFL_ASE_MASK);
15780 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file, unsigned int isa_ext)
15785 fputs (_("None"), file);
15788 fputs ("RMI XLR", file);
15790 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3:
15791 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file);
15793 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2:
15794 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file);
15796 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP:
15797 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file);
15799 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A:
15800 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file);
15802 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON:
15803 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file);
15806 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file);
15809 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file);
15812 fputs ("LSI R4010", file);
15815 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file);
15818 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file);
15820 case AFL_EXT_10000:
15821 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file);
15824 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file);
15827 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file);
15830 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file);
15833 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file);
15836 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file);
15838 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E:
15839 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file);
15841 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F:
15842 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file);
15845 fprintf (file, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext);
15851 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file, int val)
15855 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY:
15856 fprintf (file, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15858 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15859 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15861 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15862 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15864 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15865 fprintf (file, _("Soft float\n"));
15867 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15868 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15870 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15871 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15873 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15874 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15876 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15877 fprintf (file, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15880 fprintf (file, "??? (%d)\n", val);
15886 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size)
15888 return (reg_size == AFL_REG_NONE) ? 0
15889 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_32) ? 32
15890 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_64) ? 64
15891 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_128) ? 128
15896 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
15900 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
15902 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15903 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
15905 /* xgettext:c-format */
15906 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
15908 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
15909 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15910 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
15911 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15912 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
15913 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15914 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
15915 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15916 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15917 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15918 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
15919 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15920 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
15921 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
15923 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
15925 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
15926 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
15927 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
15928 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
15929 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
15930 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
15931 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
15932 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
15933 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
15934 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
15935 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
15936 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
15937 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
15938 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
15939 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
15940 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
15941 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
15942 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
15943 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6)
15944 fprintf (file, " [mips32r6]");
15945 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
15946 fprintf (file, " [mips64r6]");
15948 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15950 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
15951 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
15953 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
15954 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
15956 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15957 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
15959 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008)
15960 fprintf (file, " [nan2008]");
15962 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64)
15963 fprintf (file, " [old fp64]");
15965 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
15966 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
15968 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15970 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
15971 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
15973 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
15974 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
15976 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
15977 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
15979 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
15980 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
15982 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
15983 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
15985 fputc ('\n', file);
15987 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
15989 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
15990 fprintf (file, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags->version);
15991 fprintf (file, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags->isa_level);
15992 if (abiflags->isa_rev > 1)
15993 fprintf (file, "r%d", abiflags->isa_rev);
15994 fprintf (file, "\nGPR size: %d",
15995 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->gpr_size));
15996 fprintf (file, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15997 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr1_size));
15998 fprintf (file, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15999 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr2_size));
16000 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file);
16001 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file, abiflags->fp_abi);
16002 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file);
16003 print_mips_isa_ext (file, abiflags->isa_ext);
16004 fputs ("\nASEs:", file);
16005 print_mips_ases (file, abiflags->ases);
16006 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags1);
16007 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags2);
16008 fputc ('\n', file);
16014 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
16016 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
16017 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
16018 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
16019 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
16020 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
16021 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
16022 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16025 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16026 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16027 definiton of the symbol. */
16029 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
16030 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
16031 bfd_boolean definition,
16032 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16034 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16036 unsigned char other;
16038 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
16039 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16040 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
16044 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
16045 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
16048 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16049 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16051 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
16053 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
16057 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
16059 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
16060 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16061 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
16064 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16065 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16068 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
16069 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16072 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
16073 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
16076 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16077 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16078 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16079 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16080 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16081 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16082 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16083 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16086 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
16087 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
16088 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
16089 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
16092 static const char pltname[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16093 static const char microsuffix[] = "@micromipsplt";
16094 static const char m16suffix[] = "@mips16plt";
16095 static const char mipssuffix[] = "@plt";
16097 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
16098 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
16099 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
16100 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
16101 bfd_byte *plt_data;
16102 bfd_vma plt_offset;
16103 unsigned int other;
16104 bfd_vma entry_size;
16123 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 || dynsymcount <= 0)
16126 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
16127 if (relplt == NULL)
16130 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
16131 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
16134 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
16138 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
16139 if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
16141 p = relplt->relocation;
16143 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16144 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16145 PLT slots per relocation. */
16146 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
16147 counti = count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
16148 size = 2 * count * sizeof (asymbol);
16149 size += count * (sizeof (mipssuffix) +
16150 (micromips_p ? sizeof (microsuffix) : sizeof (m16suffix)));
16151 for (pi = 0; pi < counti; pi += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
16152 size += 2 * strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
16154 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16155 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof (pltname);
16157 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, plt, &plt_data))
16160 if (plt->size < 16)
16163 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
16166 send = s + 2 * count + 1;
16168 names = (char *) send;
16169 nend = (char *) s + size;
16172 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + 12);
16173 if (opcode == 0x3302fffe)
16177 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16178 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16180 else if (opcode == 0x0398c1d0)
16184 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16185 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16189 plt0_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16194 s->flags = BSF_SYNTHETIC | BSF_FUNCTION | BSF_LOCAL;
16198 s->udata.i = other;
16199 memcpy (names, pltname, sizeof (pltname));
16200 names += sizeof (pltname);
16204 for (plt_offset = plt0_size;
16205 plt_offset + 8 <= plt->size && s < send;
16206 plt_offset += entry_size)
16208 bfd_vma gotplt_addr;
16209 const char *suffix;
16214 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4);
16216 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16217 if (opcode == 0x651aeb00)
16221 /* Truncated table??? */
16222 if (plt_offset + 16 > plt->size)
16224 gotplt_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 12);
16225 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16226 suffixlen = sizeof (m16suffix);
16227 suffix = m16suffix;
16228 other = STO_MIPS16;
16230 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16231 else if (opcode == 0xff220000)
16235 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0x7f;
16236 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
16237 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16239 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16240 gotplt_addr += ((plt->vma + plt_offset) | 3) ^ 3;
16241 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16242 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
16243 suffix = microsuffix;
16244 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16246 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16247 else if ((opcode & 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16249 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
16250 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 6) & 0xffff;
16251 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16252 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16253 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16254 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16255 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
16256 suffix = microsuffix;
16257 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16259 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16262 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0xffff;
16263 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4) & 0xffff;
16264 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16265 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16266 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16267 entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
16268 suffixlen = sizeof (mipssuffix);
16269 suffix = mipssuffix;
16272 /* Truncated table??? */
16273 if (plt_offset + entry_size > plt->size)
16277 i < count && p[pi].address != gotplt_addr;
16278 i++, pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti);
16285 *s = **p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr;
16286 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16287 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16288 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
16289 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
16290 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
16292 s->value = plt_offset;
16294 s->udata.i = other;
16296 len = strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
16297 namelen = len + suffixlen;
16298 if (names + namelen > nend)
16301 memcpy (names, (*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
16303 memcpy (names, suffix, suffixlen);
16304 names += suffixlen;
16307 pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti;
16317 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
16319 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
16320 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
16322 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
16325 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
16326 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
16328 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
16329 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
16332 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd, link_info);
16334 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16335 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
16336 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 3;
16338 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd) && !(elf_stack_flags (abfd) & PF_X))
16339 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 5;
16343 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16345 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
16348 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16351 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16353 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE;